- DOTCOM SECRETS
 - DOTCOM
 - DEDICATION
 - TABLE OF CONTENTS
 - ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
- WHAT THE ‘ONLINE MARKETING WIZARD FRATERNITY’ DOESN’TWANT YOU TO KNOW (AND: IS THIS BOOK A FRAUD’?)
 - WHAT THIS BOOK IS ABOUT (AND WHAT IT’SNOT ABOUT)
 - INTRODUCTION
 - THE SECRET FORMULA
 - THE VALUE LADDER
 - FROM A LADDER TO A FUNNEL
 - HOW TO FIND YOUR DREAM CUSTOMERS
 - THE THREE TYPES OF TRAFFIC
 - THE ATTRACTIVE CHARACTER
 - THE SOAP OPERA SEQUENCE
 - DAILY SEINFELD SEQUENCE
 - REVERSE ENGINEERING A SUCCESSFUL FUNNEL
 - SEVEN PHASES OF A FUNNEL
 - THE TWENTY-THREE BUILDING BLOCKS OF A FUNNEL
 - FRONTEND VS. BACKEND FUNNELS
 - THE BEST BAIT
 - IMPORTANT NOTE
 - TWO-STEP, FREE-PLUS-SHIPPING
 - SELF-LIQUIDATING OFFER
 - CONTINUITY
 - THE PERFECT WEBINAR
 - INVISIBLE FUNNEL WEBINAR
 - PRODUCT LAUNCH
 - HIGH-TICKET, THREE-STEP APPLICATION
 - IGNITE
 
 

DOTCOM SECRETS
“A     simple       process      that  ANY  company   can   use    to      geometrically    improve     their traffic,       conversion,        and   sales         online.”
—Tony      Robbins
DOTCOM
SECRETS
THE UNDERGROUND  PLAYBOOK   FOR GROWING YOUR COMPANY    ONLINE
RUSSELL BRUNSON
DOTCOM SECRETS
THE    UNDERGROUND   PLAYBOOK  FOR    GROWING   YOUR COMPANY   ONLINE ©    2015  RUSSELL       BRUNSON.
All       rights reserved.      No      portion         of        this     book  may    be       reproduced,            stored           in        a          retrieval system,   or        transmitted in        any     form  or        by       any     means—electronic,          mechanical, photocopy, recording,     scanning,      or        other—except        for      brief quotations   in        critical           reviews         or        articles, without    the     prior  written          permission  of        the     publisher.
Published     in        New   York,  New   York,  by       Morgan        James            Publishing.   Morgan        James            and     The Entrepreneurial         Publisher are      trademarks of        Morgan        James,           LLC. www.MorganJamesPublishing.com
The     Morgan        James            Speakers      Group            can     bring  authors         to        your   live     event.            For      more information or        to        book an       event visit    The     Morgan        James            Speakers      Group            at www.TheMorganJamesSpeakersGroup.com.
ISBN   978-1-63047-477-5          paperback
ISBN   978-1-63047-478-2          eBook
Library           of        Congress      Control         Number:
2014919068
Cover Design          by:
Rob     Secades
Interior         Design          by:
Bonnie          Bushman      bonnie@caboodlegraphics.com
In     an       effort to        support         local   communities          and     raise   awareness   and     funds,            Morgan        James Publishing   donates        a        percentage  of        all       book  sales  for      the     life      of        each   book  to        Habitat         for Humanity          Peninsula     and     Greater        Williamsburg.
Get        involved       today,            visit    www.MorganJamesBuilds.com
DEDICATION
To       my      dad,   who   helped          inspire           me      to        become        an       entrepreneur.
To       my      mom, who   always           knew my      true    worth.
And    to        my      wife,  Collette,       for      supporting   me      through        all       of        my      crazy  ideas, and     running our home in        a          way    that has     allowed         me      to        chase my      dreams.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Foreword                             What The     ‘Online          Marketing    Wizard          Fraternity’   Doesn’t         Want You     To       Know
(and:  is         THIS   book  a          ‘fraud’?)
What This    Book  Is         About            (and   What It’s      NOT   About)
Introduction
Section      One: Ladders     and   Funnels
Secret            #1:                                                      The     Secret            Formula
Secret            #2:                                                      The     Value Ladder
Secret            #3:                                                      From  a          Ladder          to        a          Funnel
Secret            #4:                                                      How   to        Find    Your   Dream           Customers
Secret            #5:                                                      The     Thee  Types of        Traffic
Section      Two: Your Communication         Funnel
Secret            #6:                                                      The     Attractive     Character
Secret            #7:                                                      The     Soap  Opera            Sequence
Secret            #8:                                                      Daily  Seinfeld        Sequence
Section      Three:       Funnelology      Leading     Your Customers         99     to     the Sale    (Over         and   Over Again)
Secret            #9:                                                      Reverse        Engineering a          Successful    Funnel
Secret            #10:                           Seven Phases          of        a          Funnel
Secret            #11:                           The     Twenty-Three         Building        Blocks            of        a          Funnel
Secret            #12:                           Frontend      vs.       Backend       Funnels
Secret            #13:                           The     Best   Bait
Section      Four: Funnels     and   Scripts
Frontend   Funnels
Funnel #1:    Two-Step, Free-Plus-Shipping
Funnel #2:    Self-Liquidating Offer
Funnel #3:    Continuity
Funnels     for    the    Middle      of      the    Value         Ladder
Funnel #4:    The   Perfect      Webinar
Funnel #5:    Invisible    Funnel       Webinar
Funnel #6:    Product     Launch
Backend    Funnel
Funnel #7:    High-Ticket,       Three-Step         Application
Section      Five: ClickFunnels
Conclusion:        Ignite
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
There are      so        many people          I           want  to        thank for      being willing           to        share their   ideas  with   me. Ideas     that    ultimately became        the     strategies     behind          everything   inside of        this     book. I           also want     to        thank my      team—all     the     people          who helped          me      to        implement   these ideas, find    out which     ones   work, and     share them  with   the     world.
While    there are      hundreds     of        marketers    I           have   learned         from, there are      many people who gave   me      very    specific         ideas that    built   the     framework  for      my      company,     and     also    for this          book. I’ve     tried   to        give    credit to        the     original         sources when possible,       but     some of        these people           may    be       left     out.    So       I           want  to        mention       a          few     of        the     brilliant marketers    who   have inspired          me      in        no       particular     order.
Mark     Joyner,          Dan    Kennedy,      Bill      Glazier,         Daegan         Smith,           Tony  Robbins,       Don    Lapre, John  Alanis,           Andre Chaperon, Ben    Settle,           Steve Gray,  Ryan  Deiss, Perry  Belcher,        Armand Morin,      Jason Fladlien,       Ted     Thomas,       Mike  Filsaime,       David Frey,  Chet Holmes,        Jeff Walker, John   Reese and     everyone      else    who   has     taken the     risk     to        be       an       online            entrepreneur and provide value online!
Lastly,   I           want  to        thank my      team. These people          have   given me      the     ability            to        try       all       of these        crazy  ideas, and share in        the     successes     and     the     losses.           There have   been  hundreds     of employees          who   have   come through        our     doors, and     it         would            be       impossible   to        mention       all of  them. But     I           want  to        make special           thanks           to        my      partners who   have   supported    me      and     put in so        much more than   time.
Brent     Coppieters   and     John   Parkes           for      running         my      companies.  Todd  Dickerson     and Dylan    Jones for      creating ClickFunnels            and     giving us        the     ability            to        make this     process simple       for      everyone.    Dorel Nechifor       for      taking            the risk     on       me      when I           first    got      started          and making it         possible        to        build  my      company.     And    Julie   Eason for      braving this     book  with   me.
Your   countless     hours have   made this     book  possible.
FOREWORD
WHAT THE ‘ONLINE MARKETING WIZARD FRATERNITY’ DOESN’TWANT YOU TO KNOW (AND: IS THIS BOOK A FRAUD’?)
by Dan S. Kennedy
Yes,    there IS         an       ‘online           marketing    wizard           fraternity’.   Many of        them  hang  out     together, scheme together,      and     work together.      And    yes,    there ARE    a          few     things they’d            rather            you didn’t    think  about,           while they   perform        their   wizardly shows.          This    book  is         the     first    of        its kind          to        actually         reveal            what  is         really happening   behind-the-scenes            in their   fast-growing companies.
Don’t     misunderstand.     Few    of        these wizards         are      actually         evil.    Most  bring  valid   ‘magic tricks’          to        the     show. Many do guide business       people          to        treasure.      But     often there is         a discernible           pattern         behind          everything   they   say,    teach, promise,       and     promote:     a deliberately-engineered         and     exacerbated            lack    of        solid   ground.         This    book  doesn’t         just     focus on       magic tricks, but     the     core   strategies     you     have   to        have   in        place  to        scale  a          company      with online  media.
It is         in        the     wizard’s        best    interest         for      you     to        believe          everything   in        the     online            media, marketing and business       world is         shiny  and     new,  constantly    changing,     and     un-tethered from the       old      rules, principles,    facts, and     math  of successful    advertising  and     marketing.
This        book  by       Russell          Brunson        is         different.      While teaching       you     about the     “shiny” secrets       of        the     Internet,       he shows            you     how   to        build  these tactics           and     strategies     into    your business         on       solid   ground—tactics     and     strategies founded       in        true    direct-response marketing.       It         is         your   responsibility         to        resist the     seduction     of        short-lived,  bright and shiny lures,  popularity    and     peer   pressure,      and     the     siren-songs  of        superficially knowledgeable promoters        of        ‘new’ tactics           with no       knowledge   of        its       original         direct response      genealogy. You      must  exercise        discernment.
I’m         for      challenging  norms           and     breaking       rules. But     I           also    like     solid   ground,         not     evershifting sand.  I           like     being confident     and     in        control          of        things—particularly         my      money          and the         making          of        it—not          in        constant       high-anxiety          and     at        the     mercy            of        wizards.
I   taught           myself           direct marketing    as        a          science.         I’m      a          reliability      guy.    I’m      far       more interested    in        a          car that    starts and     runs   well    and     predictably  every time   you     turn    the     key than       one     that    looks  sexy   and     is         popular         with   some in-crowd,     but     might stall    at        80       MPH  or not            start   at        all.      I           like     evergreen,   not     frequently    obsolete.      In        my      roles as        a          strategic consultant         and     a          direct-response     copywriter,  I           am      all       about creating        advertising, marketing,   and     sales assets            of        lasting           value for      my      clients—not moneymaking        devices written      in        disappearing           ink.
Tat’s      why    I           agreed          to        write  the     foreword      for      this     online            marketing    wizard’s        book. I admire        the     truth Russell          has     put     between       these pages.
Unlike           many of        these wiz     kids,   Russell          Brunson        is         grounded     in        direct marketing disciplines.
Discipline        is         good. General        Norm Schwarzkopf           (of      Operation    Desert           Storm fame) once  said:
“Shined shoes save lives.”
Norm     went  on       to        explain          that    in        the     heat   of        battle,           the     fog      of        war,   under pressure,      the undisciplined  die. So       it         is         in        business.      I           sit       now,  as        infrequently            as        possible,       in        meetings with        young            online marketing    people          demonstrably         devoid           of        any     disciplined   thinking. They        are      full      of        opinion         and     youthful hubris            but     very    short  on       facts. I           would            not     want  to share        a          foxhole         with   them  or        depend         on       them. I would            risk     it         with   Russell.
This        book  offers solid   ground          in        the     very    ethereal        world of        online            marketing    and commerce.     It         properly       treats Internet        media            as        media—       not     as        a          business.      It         utilizes          the science  of        split-testing.            It         builds on       long-proven          marketing    funnel           and     sales  architecture.           It takes          a          very    disciplined   approach.
It is,        in        one    way    only,  a          fraudulent   book. The     title    is         deceptive.    It         really is         not     about “dot   com    secrets”        nor is         it         a          playbook      for      “growing      your   company      online.”         It         is         that,   but such       a          narrowed     and     limiting characterization    is         deceptive.
In truth, this     is         a          solid   book  about reliable         marketing    ‘secrets’        that    can     be       applied         to ‘dot           com’  business activities—and       that    are      ‘secrets’        to        many who’ve          come of        age     only paying  attention      to        what  they   see     occurring online.           In        truth, this     is         a          proven          playbook      for growing your   company      with   effective       lead    generation   and sales/conversion   methods, which     can     be       used   online            and     offline.
‘Solid’    and     ‘reliable’       and     ‘proven’        aren’t the     sexiest           positioning  terms,           so        Russell          can be           forgiven        for holding         them  back,  waiting          to        reveal            them  inside the     book, carefully. ‘Growing           Your   Company     ONLINE’        sounds cooler            and     less     work  than   ‘Growing      Your Company’,     so        he       can     also    be       forgiven        for      playing          to        peoples’ fascination  of        the     moment. He           is         a          wizard,          and     as        such   must  be       permitted    some legerdemain.          But     let’s    you and     I           be very          clear  about reality.          Let      me      serve a          useful purpose        for      you     here.
My         advice:          Don’t settle for      or        be       distracted    by       mere  tricks. Be       a          responsible adult. _Invest            your   time   ‘n treasure       in        information,           skill     and     properties    that    can     yield   harvest         after harvest           after  harvest—not          fleeting         fads, not     sexy   ideas  that    age     very    poorly.          And    don’t  fall for           the     idea    that    any     new    media            gets    to        defy   gravity           and live     un-tethered to        reality,          math, or       history.
Don’t     go       into    this     book  in        lust     for      a          new,  cool,   quick, easy   “fix”   or        nifty   “toy”  or clever       gimmick       that    might make you     money          today but     require          you     to        find    another        and another            and     another,       at        frantic           pace.
Go          into    this     book  in        search           of        deep  understanding       and     profound      clarity            about the structure          and     science of        effective       marketing    to        be       applied         in        the     online            media            universe.
—Dan   S.        Kennedy
Dan    S.         Kennedy       is         a          trusted          strategic       advisor          to        hundreds     of        7-figure         income professionals,     direct marketing            pros,  and     CEOs. He      is         also    the     author           of        over   20       books, including    _No      B.S.     Guide to        Ruthless       Management            of        People           and     Profits           (2nd   Edition).
Information about Dan    at:       www.NoBSBooks.com    and     www.GKIC.com.
WHAT THIS BOOK IS ABOUT (AND WHAT IT’SNOT ABOUT)
<br /> <br />Hey, my name is Russell Brunson …<br />Before we get started, I want to introduce myself and let you know what this book is about (and more importantly, what it’s not about).<br />This book is NOT about getting more traffic to your website—yet the “DotComSecrets” I’m going to share with you will help you to get exponentially MORE traffic than ever before.<br />This book is NOT about increasing your conversions—yet these DotComSecrets will increase your conversions MORE than any headline tweak or split test you could ever hope to make.<br />If you are currently struggling with getting traffic to your website, or converting that traffic when it shows up, you may think you’ve got a traffic or conversion problem. In my experience, after working with thousands of businesses, I’ve found that’s rarely the case. Low traffic and weak conversion numbers are just symptoms of a much greater problem, a problem that’s a little harder to see (that’s the bad news), but a lot easier to fix (that’s the good news).<br />Recently, I had a chance to fly to San Diego to work with Drew Canole from FitLife.tv. He had built a following of 1.2 million followers on Facebook, but because of some changes at Facebook, his traffic had dropped by 90%. He was now spending $116 to sell a $97 product. He was no longer profitable.<br />Drew’s team called me because they wanted help with two things: traffic and conversions.<br />I smiled because that’s why most people call me. They usually assume that I’m going to help them tweak a headline or change their ad targeting, and solve their problems. But I knew that, like most companies I work with, FitLife.tv’s problem wasn’t a traffic or conversion problem.<br />It rarely is.<br />More often than not, it’s a FUNNEL problem.<br />After listening to Drew and his team share with me all of their numbers, their pains and frustrations, and their ups and downs, I sat back in my chair and told them they were in luck.<br />“You don’t have a traffic or conversion problem,” I said.<br />“What are you talking about? Our traffic is down 90%, and we can’t break even converting our customers!” Drew said.<br />“The problem is you can’t spend enough to acquire a customer, and the way to fix that problem is to fix your sales funnel,” I replied calmly.<br />One of my mentors, Dan Kennedy, says, _“Ultimately, the business that can spend the most to acquire a customer wins.”_<br />The reason Drew’s business wasn’t making money was because he wasn’t able to spend enough to acquire a customer. If we fix his sales funnel so that instead of making $97 for every $116 he spends, he can start making two to three times as much money for each sale—and then the whole game changes. Suddenly, he can afford to buy more traffic from more places; he can outbid his competitors, and he can spend two to three times more than he is now, all while becoming exponentially more profitable.<br />So, what changes did we make to Drew’s business? How did we take a sales funnel that was losing money and transform it into a tool that allowed FitLife.tv to spend MORE money than its competitors, while gaining more traffic, more customers, and more sales?<br />THAT is what this book is about.<br />This book will take you on a journey similar to the one I took Drew and his team on. It will help you understand how to structure your company’s products and services in a way that will allow you to make two to three times as much money from the same traffic that you’re getting now. And when you follow the steps, you’ll open the floodgates, allowing you to spend a lot more money to get a lot more new customers.<br />This book will also show you how to communicate with your customers in a way that makes them naturally want to ascend up your ladder of offerings and give you more money as you provide them more value.<br />Once you know the foundational concepts behind DotComSecrets, we’ll dive into the phases of a sales funnel and explore the building blocks you will need to use in each phase.<br />Finally, I will give you the seven core sales funnels I use in all my companies, plus all of the sales scripts we use to convert people at each stage in those funnels. You can choose to copy my proven funnels and scripts as is, or you may tweak them to better fit your particular business.<br />When you implement each of these secrets, you will transform your business and your website from a flat, two-dimensional company into a three-dimensional sales and marketing machine that allows you to outspend your competitors, acquire an almost unlimited number of new customers, make (and keep) more money, and most importantly, serve more people.<br />That is what this book is about.
INTRODUCTION
My      junk    mail    addiction      began            when I           was    twelve           years  old.     I           remember   the     exact  night my       obsession     with   junk mail    and     direct response      marketing    started.         My      dad     was    up       late watching          TV       while working        on       a          project. Normally,     he       made me      go       to        bed     early, but     that night     he       let       me      stay    up       late     and     watch TV       with   him.   I wasn’t           as        interested    in        the     news  as        I was  in        spending      time   with   my      dad.
When    the     news  ended,          I           was    waiting          for      him    to        send   me      to        bed,   but     he       didn’t,           so        I started watching      what  came on       next.  It         was    one     of        those late     night  infomercials.           This particular        infomercial  featured       a          guy named          Don    Lapre who   was    explaining    how   to        make money           with   “tiny   little   classified      ads.”  I’m      not     sure   why    he grabbed        my      attention.    Maybe, because    I           was    so        young,           I           didn’t understand that    making          money          fast     “wasn’t possible.” Maybe  my      fascination  grew  because        he       was    so        charismatic. Whatever     the     reason,         as        soon as         he       started talking,          I           was    hooked.
During   this     infomercial, he       told    stories           about how   he       started          his      first    business.      He explained          how   he       came up with   an       idea    for      a          product        and     then   placed           a          classified      ad       in        his local        newspaper  to        sell     this     new product.       The     first    week  after  his      ad       ran,    he       made enough money       to        pay     for      the     ad       and     was    left     with   about thirty dollars           in        profit.            While most  people wouldn’t    consider       that    a          big      win,    Don    knew that    he       could take   that    same winning        ad,      run     it in     other newspapers,           and     make a          thirty-dollar profit from  each   paper.
He          ended            up       running         that    ad       in        thousands    of        newspapers and     made tens-of-thousands of       dollars           a month           doing it!
I   didn’t realize           it         at        the     time,  but     Don    was    teaching       me      (and   everyone      else    who   was watching)        the     basics of direct response      marketing,   which could be       applied         to        any company.
Well,      as        you     can     guess,            my      twelve-year-old     eyes   opened         wide, and     my      heart started racing.        I           remember getting          so        excited          that    I           couldn’t        sleep  that    night—or     the     rest    of        the week.     All       I           could think  about was buying           Don’s system          so        I           could start   making          money.         I asked          my      dad     if         he       would            help   me      pay     for it,        but     as        any     good  father            should,          he       made me go            out     and     work  for      the     money.         I           mowed         lawns, weeded        gardens,       and     worked         really hard for        three or        four    weeks            to        earn   the     money          to        buy     the     system.
I   still     remember   calling           the     1-800 number        to        order.            When the     box     showed         up,      my heart      was    racing as        I ripped           it         open. I           started          reading         the     pages as        Don    explained     to        me      the basics     of        direct response      marketing.
And       that    is         where            this     journey         began            for      me.
After      that,   I           started          collecting     classified      ads     and     calling           the     1-800 numbers       on       them  to see what  people would            send   me.     I           started          to        see     that    other companies   were  doing the     same thing  that    Don    was    teaching!
Then      I           started          to        look    at        magazines   and     saw    the     same  types of        ads.    So       I           would            call     the phone numbers       and     send   in        for      the     free    “info-kits”    that    these ads     were  promoting   as        well.
Within   three or        four    weeks,          I           started          getting          “junk  mail.” (I         put     junk    mail   in        quotation marks    because studying       that    junk    mail    has     literally         made me      millions.)      I           started          getting          so much       mail    that    the     mailman couldn’t        physically     fit        it         all       into    the     mailbox.       I           would            come home from  junior high    school,          and     my      parents might have   two    or        three letters,          but     I’d have         a          whole            stack  of        my      very    own   mail.  I’d       take   it         all       into    my bedroom      and     read   through every        letter.            I           didn’t know it         at        the     time,  but     I           was    reading         long-form    sales letters           from some   of        the     greatest        direct response      marketers    of        all       time.  I           saw    what  they   were  doing and how       they were  doing it,        and     it         was    fascinating   to        me.
Whatever        they   were  selling,          the     process         was    the     same. They   would            place  a          small  ad asking      people          to contact         their   company      for      a          free    report.          After  you     contacted    them, they would  send   you     a          sales  letter,            disguised as        a          free    report,          selling            a          low-ticket    information product.       When I           purchased    the     product,       they   would            send me      their   “system”—along   with another           sales  letter selling            me      a          high-ticket   product        (fig.    0.1).
Fig      0.1      The     offline           sales  funnels          brought        prospects     through        a          predictable  series of steps.
This        was    my      first    exposure      to        sales  funnels.        I           didn’t know it         at        the     time,  but     this process I           was    seeing over   and     over   again offline           would            become        the     exact  SAME system that I           would            use     to        grow  hundreds     of companies   online.
Now,     while funnels          often get      much more advanced     than   this,    look    at        this     diagram        to see what  offline           funnels          look like,    and     note   how   similar           they   are      to        the     online            funnels          I will   be       showing        you     throughout  this     book  (fig.    0.2):
Fig      0.2      Today’s         online            sales  funnels          are      practically    identical       to        the     offline           direct response      marketing    funnels            I           studied         as        a          kid.
Looking back,  I           think  it’s      funny that    while most  kids    my      age     were  collecting     baseball cards,       I           was    studying       junk    mail and     learning        marketing    funnels.        When I           left     for      college, my  mom  made me      throw my      junk    mail    in        the     garbage,       but I           got      this     one     last     picture          with the        best    marketing    and     sales  education    I           could have   ever   received.
Unfortunately,           I           was    never able    to        afford            to        sell     stuff   through        classified      ads     and     direct mail   when I           was twelve.          But     I           understood the     concept.       It         wasn’t           until   ten     years  later, during            my      sophomore year   in        college, that    I           re-discovered         direct response      marketing    and saw        how   I           could use     it         on       the     Internet.
Not     your   typical           teenager!
MY FIRST ONLINE BUSINESS
One    late     night  during           my      sophomore year   in        college,         I           was    lying   in        bed—way    too     tired   to turn          off      the     TV. So       instead,        I           flipped          through        the     channels,     and     one     commercial caught           my eye.         It         was    explaining    how people          were  “making        money          online            with   a          website.”     I           knew I needed       to        learn  more. I           dialed            the number,       got      a          ticket for      a          local   event,            and     the     next   night I            was    at        a          seminar        in        a          local   Holiday Inn.    That   little   seminar        re-ignited     my      interest         in business  and     direct response      marketing.   I           remember   hearing         the speakers       talk     about how people were  using  the     Internet        to        make money          in        a          way    that    was    almost           identical       to what  I had  learned         when I           was    a          kid.     But     instead          of        using  mail,  they   were  using  email;            instead          of using magazines,  they   had     blogs; instead          of        the     radio, they   were  using  podcasts.     It         was fascinating,     and     I           was    hooked         from Day     One.
Fig      0.3      Blogs, podcasts,     and    online            video are     simply           newer           versions        of        the     oldschool     offline           media            channels.
I   started          looking          at        other people’s       websites,      studying       how   these businesses   were making           money.         I           decided to        model            what  I           saw.   After  all,      if         it         worked         for      them, it         could work  for      me.     So       I           created         similar products       and     services        to        what  others           were  selling            online. My   websites       looked           similar           and     the     copy   on       the pages was    similar,          but     for      some reason, my  efforts           made very    little   (if        any)   money.         I           was    frustrated    because        I could see     others making        money          successfully.            What was    I           doing wrong?
It took   almost           two    full      years  of        studying,      researching,            and     interviewing            successful marketers       before           I realized         that    what  I           was    seeing           online            wasn’t           the     full      business.      The people  who   were  making          money          were doing it         through        steps  and     processes     invisible        to        the naked    eye.
While    I           had     modeled       the     part    of        their   businesses   that    I           could see,    there were  multiple funnels    happening   behind the     scenes           that    made the     magic work. I           found that    the     difference between         a          ten-thousand-dollar         website         and     a ten-million-dollar  company      was    all       of        the things    happening   AFTER            a          buyer came into    the     initial funnel.
Fig      0.4      I           was    modeling      what  I           could see     happening   on       the     surface,        but     the     real money  was    made in        ways  I            couldn’t        see.
It took   me      years  to        discover        and     master          these DotComSecrets—but       when I           did,     my company           quickly          went  from a          few     hundred       dollars           a          month           to        millions         of        dollars           a          year   in revenues.
I   wanted         to        write  this     book, not     because        I’m      smarter         than   anyone         else,   but     because        I think            there are      a lot       of        people          like     I           was.   People          who   model            the     surface          level   of        what others are      doing and     are      frustrated that    they   aren’t getting          similar           results.          This    book  is         the culmination     of        a          decade          spent analyzing      hundreds     of companies   and     their   successful    sales funnels.          I           have   built   over   one     hundred       sales  funnels          of        my      own   and     have worked         with thousands      of        students       and     clients           to        build  funnels          in        every market          you     can     dream           of—both online            and     offline.
I   hope  that    after  reading         this     book  you     will     realize           your   dreams         of        success         are      a          lot closer      than   you     think. You     will     soon  see     that    by       providing     a          ton     of        value, communicating effectively        with   your   audience,     and     building        out your   sales  processes     in        a          very    strategic way,         you     can     get      your   product,       service,         or        message       out     to        the    world. And,   you     can     get      paid what    you’re           worth while doing it.
THREE WAYS THIS BOOK IS DIFFERENT
By       purchasing   this     book, you     have   put     your   trust   in        me      as        your   coach.           I           know that    you’re busy;            I           fully understand and     respect         that.   It’s      important    for      you     to        know that    I           will     not waste     your   time.  You     have   many choices in        business       and     success         training,        and     I’m honored            that    you’ve           decided        to        spend your   valuable       time   with   me. Here’s           how   this     book  is different   from  other business       books you     may    have   read:
1.                  Everything   I           Show You    in        this     Book  Is         Evergreen.  If         you’ve           tried   to        learn  how   to grow         your   company            online            in        the     past,  you’ve           probably       purchased    books and     courses         with systems          that    worked         when they   were            created,        but     became        outdated      before           they   even  got      to the publisher.    When Google          changes        an       algorithm     or            Facebook     introduces   a          new    layout, many          tactics           suddenly      become        obsolete.
This    book, on       the     other hand, is         a          playbook      for      creating        marketing    funnels          that    will exponentially  increase        your   sales online.           It         is         an       evergreen    guide.            It         will     be       as        useful ten years      from  now   as        it         is         today.            I           only focus on       strategies     and     concepts      that    will     remain          the same—even    when technology  changes.
2.                  I           Don’t Just    Teach This    Stuff; I           Actually        Do      It.        There are      a          ton     of        people teaching     Internet        marketing,            and     the     vast    majority        of        them  make money          by       teaching       other people           the     Internet        marketing    strategies     they            learned         about online.           Dan    Kennedy       calls those   people          “shovel         sellers”         because        during           the     gold    rush,  the            people          who   made the     most money           were  the     ones   selling            the     shovels.        Today’s         “shovel         sellers”         are            selling            you     Internet marketing           strategies     without         actually         using  any     of        the     strategies     themselves.
The        difference    between       me      and     most  of        my      competitors is         that    I           actually         do       this,    for real.        That’s right.  I use     every one     of        the     secrets          I’m      about to        reveal            to        you.    And    I’ve     tried them   in        dozens          of        different markets—from      supplements           to        coaching       to        software.     I           also work     directly         with   hundreds     of        other businesses, advising        them  and     increasing    their profitability   in        almost           every niche and     every industry        you     can     dream           of.
About    seven or        eight  years  ago,    I           had     the     good  fortune         to        work  with   direct marketing legends            Dan    Kennedy       and Bill      Glazer.          They   work  with   entrepreneurs        all       around          the     world, and   I           was    their   main  Internet        marketing    trainer for      almost           six       years. This    was    a          very unique situation,      and     I           was    able    to        work  with   hundreds     of        offline businesses,  teaching them        to        implement   the     same  concepts      I’m      about to        share with   you.
I’ve         also    had     a          chance          to        teach these DotComSecrets      at        Tony  Robbins’       Business Mastery  seminar        as        well.   I can     tell      you     from  experience  that    these strategies     work  for      both online and     offline           businesses   in        just     about any     industry you     can     think  of.       Throughout the book,     I’ll       share examples     of        these different       types of        businesses   so        you     can     see     how each strategy          could work  in        any     market.
The        book  is         divided          into    several          sections.       Sections        1,        2,        and     3          are      going to        give    you the         core concepts      that    you     MUST understand before           you     can     create            your   first    marketing funnel. Once  you     understand the     secrets behind          what  makes           online            selling            work, I           will teach     you     how   to        build  your   own   sales  funnels.
Section 4          describes      the     many different       sales  funnels          we      use     in        our     companies   every day.    It         also    gives  you     the sales  scripts           you     need  to        move people          through        your   marketing funnel  so        they   will     purchase      from  you.
Section 5          will     show  you     some of        the     easier ways  to        implement   all       the     technology involved.       I           see     people          get tripped          up       by       the     tech   all       the     time.  So       I           want  you     to        skip    the hard       stuff   and     make it         easy   on       yourself.
Once      you     know how   funnels          work, implementing         them  is         a          simple           matter          of        picking which         one     you     want to        use     and     setting           it         up.      Please           don’t  skip    ahead            to        the     Funnels         and Scripts  section          until   you’ve           read the     earlier           chapters,      or        you     will     miss   learning        the     core strategies       that    make those funnels          and     scripts           work. I want  everything   to        make total   sense to        you.
3.        Image            Recall.           Throughout the     book, you’re           going to        notice            tons   of        simple           little diagrams.       At        first,   they            won’t make sense to        you.   But     after  you     read   through        the     chapter         or section,   you’ll get      it.        I           promise.       The            reason           the     pictures        are      so        basic  is         because        I           want  you to           be       able    to        look    at        the     image and            immediately            recall the      concepts.     The     graphics        are engineered      for      instant          recall. At        some point  in        the      future,            if         you     need  to        remember   how   to structure an       upsell sales  letter or        a          two-step      consulting    funnel,          you’ll be       able            to        pull     out     the picture   and     instantly       recall how    to        do       it.        When you     need  that    image recall, you     can     flip through the            book  to        find    the      pictures,       if         you     like.    Or       you     can     go       to www.DotComSecretsBook.com/resources/diagrams and     print            them  out.    I           like     to        keep   a notebook  of        all        the      pictures        of        funnels          and     scripts           I           develop,       so        I            can     always           find    the     one     I need.           I           even   have   some students       who   have   certain          images          taped to        their   office            walls  as memory  aids.
I   recommend reading         through        the     entire book  once  from  beginning     to        the     very    end. You’re uncovering  the     rest    of        the iceberg,        and     you     need  to        understand the     concepts      in order.       Once  you’ve           gone  through        all       the     material,      then   you can     go       back   to        the     chapters       you know     will     make a          big      difference    right   away.
I’m         excited          for      you     to        dive    in        and     have   some fun     with   this.    So,      let’s    get      started!
![]()  | 
|
|---|---|
SECTION ONE: LADDERS AND FUNNELS
THE SECRET FORMULA

It         was    11:27 a.m.   on       a          Monday        morning,      and     no       matter          what  I           told    myself,          I           just     couldn’t get out     of bed.   The     muscles        in        my      body  ached,           although       it         didn’t make sense.            I           knew I wasn’t         sore   from  exercise because        I           hadn’t           worked         out.    I           had     a          sick     feeling           in        my      stomach that          felt     like     the     flu,      but     I knew I           wasn’t           sick.    In        my      head, I           was    WISHING      that    I           had     a boss,           so        he       could fire     me      and     end     this nightmare    that    I           knew I           had     to        face    as        soon  as        I finally          stumbled      out     of        bed.
How       had     I           gotten           here? Just    a          few     years  earlier,          I           had     “officially”   become        an entrepreneur    and     launched my      own   company.     And    despite          a          lot       of        mistakes       along the     way, I had     learned         a          few     tricks and     was    having success.        The     company      I           started          was    profitable. We        were  serving          people          and     making          a          difference,   but     for some reason,         I           was    miserable.
A few     weeks            later,  I           found myself           in        front  of        a          huge, blank whiteboard trying to sketch      out     why    I           was feeling           this     way.   Something   was    wrong           with   my      business,      and     I wanted       to        figure out     what  it         was.   After  what seemed         like     hours,            I           wrote down two    words:
Who?
Where?
I   asked myself,          “WHO           is         the     person          I           really want  to        work  with?”           Up      to        that    point  in my business,      I had     been  trying to        sell     to        anyone         and     everyone      I           could.            While that    sounds smart          at        first,   it         left     me      tired, frustrated,   and     empty           inside.
After      I           got      a          good  idea    of        WHO I           would            ideally           work  with   if         I           had     that    choice,          I started        to think  about the     RESULT         I           would            want  to        give    them. I           asked myself,          “Where could         I           serve my      customer     at the     highest          level?”           I           realized         it         wasn’t           through        a          product        or        a service.      Rather,          it         was    by       giving them  a          result that    would            change          their   lives.  That   result is where       I           wanted         to        take   them.
A few     minutes        later,  I           added            two    more words            to        the     board:
Where?
Bait?
Where  are      these people?        How   can     I           find    them  online?          What type   of        bait    can     I           create to      attract           my dream           client and     repel  everyone      else?
These    questions     eventually    became        the     outline          for      what  I           now   call     “The   Secret Formula,”   and     it’s      really the     first step    that    you     HAVE to        take   before           you     can     grow  any company.
THE SECRET FORMULA
The     secret            formula        consists        of        four    simple           questions.    These are      the     same  four    questions that        I           ask      anyone who   hires  me      for      personal       consultations.        At        the     time   of        writing, companies           pay     me      twenty-five  thousand     dollars per     day     to        help   them  understand and implement      this     formula        and     the     funnels          and     scripts           inside of        this     book. Now while I           know you     didn’t pay     anywhere    near   twenty-five  thousand     to        learn  this     information and     go through  this     process,        I recommend you     treat  this     and     all       of        the     exercises      inside of        this book      as        if         you     did      invest the     full      amount.       If you     do,      you     will     get      a          lot       more out     of        the process I’m      going to        take   you     through,       and     this     book  will     become like     a          private,         twentyfive   thousand     dollar consultation            with   me.     Okay, let       me      walk   you     through        the     process.
Question         #1:      Who  Is         Your   Dream          Client?          The     first    question       you     have   to        ask yourself is,        Who   do       I actually         want  to        work  with? Most  of        us        start   with   a          product        idea, never  thinking        about who   we      want  as        clients, customers,  vendors,       and     associates.   But these     are      the     people          you     will     be       interacting   with   day     in        and     day     out.    You’ll probably       spend more time   with   these people          than   your   own   friends          and     family.           You     choose          your significant      other carefully,      so        why    wouldn’t      you     take   the     same  time   and     care    in        deciding who          your   dream           client or        customer     will be?     If         you’re           just     getting          started,         this     may    not seem      important.   But     I           promise        you     that    if         you     don’t consciously  choose          your   dream           client, one   day     you     will     wake  up       like     I           did,     working        with   people          who   exhaust you     and     wishing that            someone      could fire     you     from  the     business       you     created.
After      I           had     successfully launched      my      first    software       company,     a          lot       of        people          took notice  of        my      success online            and     started          asking            me      how   I           was    making          money.         Because        I saw  the     demand,       I           thought        it would            be       fun     to        teach others           how   to        start   their   own businesses     online.
The        good  thing  was    there were  a          LOT    of        people          who   wanted         to        start   businesses,  and we          made a          lot       of money          teaching       them. But     the     downside     was    that    most  of        them  didn’t have  any     money          (and   couldn’t        invest in        the higher-ticket           things I           wanted         to        sell).   And most     had     no       business       experience, so        I           had     to        spend tons   of        time on       the     fundamentals,        and that       drove me      crazy  (which           is         why    I           didn’t want  to        get      out     of        bed     in        the mornings).   I           had so           much value I           wanted         to        provide         people—showing  how   I           had     scaled            my      companies, teaching       conversion   secrets          and     how   we      structure      our     funnels—but          99%    of        my      time   was spent    showing        them  how to        buy     a          domain         and     set      up       hosting.
I   literally         spent years  serving          these customers,  and     it         made me      miserable.   My      family suffered,     and     no       matter          how much money          we      made,            I           wasn’t           happy.           It         took   years  before           I sat    back   and     actually         thought        about the WHO. I           realized         I           had     overlooked  some pretty important   questions:
Who      are      my      dream           clients?
What     do       they   look    like?
What     are      they   passionate   about?
What     are      their   goals, dreams,        and     desires?
After      about a          week  of        thinking        about the     WHO question,      I           sat      down and     created         two customer         avatars:        one for      the     men   I           wanted         to        work  with   and     one     for      the     women         I           wanted to    work  with.
For         the     women,        I           picked           a          name and     wrote it         down:            Julie.  Then  I           listed out     the     things I          knew about Julie.  She     is         successful    and     driven;          she     has     a          message       to        share;            she     values her    personal       growth          over money;         and     she’s  already         grown           her     business       to        at        least   five figures  a          year.
Next,     I           wrote down the     name Mike. Next   to        Mike’s           name,            I           wrote out     the     things I knew           about Mike. He       is a          former          athlete.         At        some point, he       has     helped          to        change someone’s            life      in        a          small  way    and     wants to learn  how   to        help   more people.         He       values growth        over   money,         and     he’s    already         built   his      business       to        at        least five     figures           a          year.
Then      I           went  to        Google          images          and     typed in        Julie   and     the     characteristics        I           had     written out. Within minutes,       I           found a          picture          that    looked           like     the     women         in        my      mind. I           printed          it out and     hung  it         on my      wall.   I           did      the     same  for      Mike, and     within            minutes,       I           had     both pictures          of        my      dream           clients hanging        on       my      wall.
This        may    seem like     a          silly     exercise,       but     it’s      important    that    you     do       it         anyway.        Really spend           some time thinking        about who   you     want  to        work  with.  Write out     their characteristics         and     then   go       find    an       actual picture          to represent     them. It’s      amazing        how   your perspective   changes        when you     have   a          physical        picture          of        your   ideal   customer—instead          of a     hazy,  half-formed image in        your   head.
Question         #2:      Where          Can    You    Find   Them?          The     next   question       in        the     Secret            Formula is    WHERE         can     you find    this     ideal   man   or        woman?       Where           do       they   hang  out     online?          Are they       on       Facebook     or        Instagram?  What groups           are      they   part    of?      What email newsletters do they         subscribe     to?      What blogs  do       they   read? Are     they   reading         The New   York   Times or        The Huffington       Post? What other interests       do       they   have? Do      they   like     sports            or        the     arts?  How about fishing           or        race    cars?  If         you     don’t  know the     who,  it         will     be       hard   to        find    out     where _your  perfect          client can     be found.           So       make sure   you     know exactly          who   you’re           trying to attract.    Then  just     write  down a          few     places            you     think the     prospect       might hang  out     online. Over            the     next   few     chapters,      we’re going to        take   a          deep  dive    into    how   and where            to        find your      dream           clients.          I’ll       show  you     exactly          where            to        find    the     people          you’re           looking for.
Question         #3:      What Bait    Will    You    Use    to        Attract          Them?          Once  we      know _where            the dream    customers    are,    we have   to        create            the     right   bait    to        attract           them. Your   bait    could be       a physical     book, a          CD,     DVD,  or        an       audio recording—anything        that    your   dream           customer would    pay     attention      to        and     want. As       my      company      moved          away  from selling            to        beginners and        toward          attracting     dream           clients,          our     first    step    was    to        create            new    bait    that would            attract “Mike”        or        “Julie.”
So           we      created         a          book  called DotComSecrets      Labs:  108     Proven          Split   Test    Winners. _This          bait    worked         great  for us,      because        most  beginners     don’t  know what  a          split    test    is.        But we          KNEW            that    Julie   and     Mike  (our    DREAM customers)  would            know what  these terms mean and     they   would            be       hungry          to        get      their   hands on       the     book. Within days   of        launching this         new    offer, we      had     thousands    of        dream           clients           lining up       to        work  with   us.      When you find out     what  your   dream           clients           want, it         becomes      very    easy   to        attract           them. Throughout this     book, we’re going to        talk more about creating        the     right   bait.   Right  now,  just     realize           the bait         has     to        match            what  your   dream           customer    wants.
Question         #4:      What Result           Do      You    Want To       Give   Them?          Once  you’ve           hooked         your dream customers    with   the perfect          bait,   the     last     question       is         what  RESULT         do       you     want  to give           them?           I’m      not     talking           about what product        or        service          you     want  to        sell     them. A business   is         NOT   about products       and     services.       A         business       is         about what  _result you     can     get for           your   clients.          Once  you     (and   they)  understand that    concept,       then   price  is         no       longer           a barrier.
For         me,     I           knew that    the     best    way    I           can     serve my      dream           client is         to        send   my      team  to their         office and help   build  out     their   sales  funnels,        hire    and     train   their   sales  team, and     set      up systems  to        drive  consistent    leads  into    the company.     That   is         how   I           can     have   the     deepest impact      and     serve the     client at        the     highest          level.  Ideally,          it’s where            I           would            like     to        take   all of  my      customers.  That   type   of        service          is         not     cheap,           but     the     results I           can     deliver           at        that level      are      amazing.      To       put     it         in        perspective,            for      that    service,         my      company charges         a          retainer and            a          percentage  of        sales, which combined    equal one     million           dollars.
I   understand that    many of        my      customers    won’t be       able    to        pay     me      for      that    level   of service     (which           is         why    we develop        other products       and     services),      but     understanding       where you   ultimately    want  to        take   the     dream           client is         the key     to        this     step.
Imagine that    your   clients           could pay     you     anything       to        get      a          desired         result.            What, then, would you     do       to        help guarantee    their   success?       Where           would            you     lead    them?           What does that     place  look    like?   Keep  that    place  in        your   mind; it’s      the     pinnacle       of        success         for      your clients. It’s      where            you     want  to        take   them, and     it’s      the     key     to        this     last step.
That’s   it.        The     four    steps  again are      as        follows:
1.                Who   are      your   dream           clients?
2.                How   can     you     find    them?
3.                What bait    will     you     use     to        attract           them? 4.       What result do       you     want  to        give    them?
I   know that    this     exercise        seems            simple,          but     it         is         the     key     to        everything   else    we      will     be discussing          in this     book. So       take   a          few     minutes        now   and     really answer          these four    questions.
Up          Next: In        the     next   chapter,        we      are      going to        dig      a          little   deeper          and     focus on       the     steps you     need  to follow            to        lead    your   dream           customer     from  taking            the     “bait” to        consuming   your product          offerings       to        arriving “where”       you     want  to        take   them. If         you     structure      this correctly,         people          will     naturally       ascend          to        where            you want  them  to        be.      They   will     give    you more     money,         and     you’ll be       able    to        serve them  at        a          much higher           level.
SECRET  #2:
THE VALUE LADDER

Russell,         are      you     a          smoker?”
“What?”          I           responded.  “No,   I’ve     never smoked         in        my      life      …         why    do       you     ask?”
“Well,    I           noticed         that    your   teeth are      turning          a          little   yellow,          and     I           wasn’t           sure   if         you were      a smoker         …         or        maybe           you     drink  coffee?”
“No,      I           don’t  drink  coffee            either …,”     I           said.   “My    teeth look    that    yellow!?”
Those    were  the     first    words            my      new    dentist          said    to        me      about 10       minutes        into    our     first appointment.
When    I           started          my      new    business       a          few     years  earlier,          my      wife    and     I           had     no       insurance of            any     kind. I           was    just     hustling        to        sell     things online            to        try       and     put     food   on       the     table.
Then      about four    or        five     years  into    my      business,      I           started          hiring employees. What I didn’t          realize           when I           first hired  them  was    most  “real” companies   give    their   employees benefits.        Because        I           had     never had     a          real    job      before,          I wasn’t           really sure   what  benefits        were (besides         hanging        out     with   me      all       day,    which I           assumed       was    the     best benefit          ever!).           No, they       wanted         health           insurance     and     dental           insurance.    So       I           decided        to        cave   and     get them  all       a “benefits” package.       Within           days   of        getting          our     new    dental           insurance,    I           got      a          postcard       in the mail offering        a          free    teeth cleaning.
“Sweet!            We’ve            got      insurance.    It’s      a          free    cleaning.      I’m      in.”
And       that’s where            it         all       started          …
Within  minutes,       the     dentist          commented on       my      “yellow”       teeth.
“No,      I           don’t  drink  coffee            or        smoke.          Are     they   really yellow?”
“Yeah,   they   are.    But     don’t  worry.           If         you     want, I           can     go       out     back   and     make some custom          teeth-whitening    trays for      you.    You’ll have   to        use     them  for      a          few     weeks,          but     if         you follow   the     system,         your   teeth will     be       white again.”
Well,     I’m      sure   you     know what  my      response      was    …
“Yes,      please!          I           don’t  want  yellow           teeth.”
The        dentist          kept   working        on       my      teeth, and     a          little   while later,  he       said,   “So,    did      you have      braces           when you were  a          kid?”
“Yeah,   I           did.     How   can     you     tell?”
“Well,    your   two    bottom         teeth are      shifting         again, and     that    usually          happens       to        people who had     braces.”
“My       teeth are      shifting?       Seriously?    What can     you     do       about that?”
“Well,    if         you     want, I           can     build  a          retainer        for      you,    which will     help   keep  your   teeth in place.”
“Yes,      please!”
When    I           walked          into    the     dentist          office that    morning,      I           had     come in        for      a          free    teeth cleaning.       And    in less     than   an       hour, I           walked          out     paying           over   two    thousand     dollars           for      my whitening         kit       and     my      new retainers.     This    dentist          had     strategically taken me      through        a powerful   process         that    I           call     a          Value Ladder.
First,      he       had     created         bait    (free   teeth cleaning)      that    would            attract           his      dream           client (me).
Second, he       provided      value to        me      by       cleaning        my      teeth and     noticing        that    my      teeth had become            yellow. Because        I           had     received       value, I           naturally       wanted         to        move forward        and     get additional         value from  him.
He          then   found another        way    that    he       could provide         value to        me—the       retainers—and again,      I           naturally       took   him up       on       that    offer  as        well.
Now,     for      many dentists,       they   make the     most  money          and     provide         the     most  value for their        patients        by       offering cosmetic      surgery.        Luckily,          I           didn’t need  any     cosmetic      surgery         on that          visit,   or        I           could have   been  out     ten thousand     dollars           or        more.
On          my      way    out     the     door, the     secretary      scheduled    me      for      another        appointment          six months   later,  adding           me to        their   “continuity” program.      Continuity    is         where            you     continue paying     on       a          weekly,         monthly,      or        yearly basis  until you     decide           to        cancel.          This    dentist          had     a perfectly   executed      Value Ladder          (fig.    2.2).
Fig.     2.2:    This    is         a          great  example       of        a          Value Ladder          for      a          dentist.
One        of        the     first    things I           explain          to        people          when I           start   working        with   them  is         the concept of        a          Value Ladder,         and     it’s      the     first    thing  you     have   to        build  out     before           you     can start       working        on       any     sales  funnel.          If you     look    at        how   we      structure      it,        you’ll see     that    on       the left          hand  axis     we      have   value, and     on       the     bottom         axis we      show  the     price  (fig.    2.3).
Now,     on       the     top     right   hand  corner           of        this     graph,           you’ll see     the     big      $          sign.   This    is where        you     want  to take   your   client. This    is         where            you     can     provide         them  the     most  value— and also    charge           them  the     most.
For         dentists,       this     is         usually          cosmetic      surgery.        For      my      company,     it’s      going into    your business         to        build  out your   sales  funnels,        set      up       your   backend       systems,       and     generate      leads for       you.    We     currently      charge           our     clients one     hundred       thousand     dollars           plus    10%    of        their profits (up     to        one     million)         to        provide         this     service          for      them. So       the     total   cost    to        my      clients is       a          million           dollars           for      this     service.         But     it’s      the     BEST  thing  I           can provide         them, and     it gives          me      the     ability            to        serve them  at        the     highest          level.
Fig.     2.3:     You     can     use     this     same  model            to        design           your   own    Value Ladder           for      your business.
Now,     ideally           we      would            like     to        sell     everyone      our     best    thing, right? You     want  to        serve your   customers    in        the highest          way    possible.       But     the     sad     truth  is         that    if         I           were  to        walk   up       to you           on       the     street and     say,    “Give me      a          million           dollars,          and     I’ll       help   you     to        grow  your company,”     you     would            either laugh in        my      face    or        run away, thinking        I           was    insane.
Why      is         that?
It’s         because        we      just     met,   and     so        far,     I           haven’t         provided      you     any     value.
But         if         you     came to        my      website         and     saw    that    I           was    giving away  a          free    book  with   108 of            my      BEST  split tests   and     all       you     had     to        do       was    cover the     $9.95 shipping,      do       you     think that     you’d order it?
If you’re           in        my      target audience      you     would—because   the     price  is         low,    and     you     have   a chance       to        receive          some value in        a          non-threatening    way,   allowing        you     to        see     if         you     like     the experience.      Just    like     I           did      with   the dentist.
Now,     if         you     order that    book  from  me      and     receive          value from  it,        you     will     naturally want        more. You’ll want  to ascend          my      Value Ladder          (fig.    2.3a)  and     see     if         there are      other ways  I           can     provide         value for      you.
Fig.     2.3a:  My      DotComSecrets’    Value Ladder           includes        products       and     services        at        all levels,      including      an       ongoing            continuity    program.
You        may    buy     one     of        my      home study courses         or        attend           one     of        my      live     events.          If         you receive value from that,   then   you     may    decide           to        sign    up       for      my      $10,000        Ignite program,      or maybe     my      $25,000        Inner  Circle program. And    if         I           provide         awesome     value there, then   you will         naturally       want  to        keep  ascending    …         and     THAT is         how   we sell     our     million-dollar packages. We     provide         insane           amounts       of        value at        each   step    of        our     Value Ladder,         so        our clients            naturally       want  to        ascend,         get      more value, and     pay     us        more money.
Oh          yeah, and     just     like     the     dentist,         no       Value Ladder          is         complete     without         a          good continuity     program.      There are      many ways  to        structure      your   continuity    program.      It         could be organized           around          software,     membership           sites,  or ongoing        coaching,     but     it         should           be something         you     can     bill      for      each   month.          That   residual        income         will become        the     lifeblood       of your          business.      For      my      DotComSecrets      business,      our     main  continuity    program       is         our software       ClickFunnels,           which allows            people          to        create            sales  funnels          with   the     click   of        a mouse.      Our     clients pay     us        monthly        to        use     this     software       to        help   run     their   businesses.  It saves         them  a          ton     of        time   and     money and     provides       us        with   residual        income.        Win-Win.
WHAT       DOES         YOUR        VALUE       LADDER    LOOK         LIKE?
Now   I’m      aware            that    everyone      reading         this     has     a          different       type   of        company.     At        this     point, you’re           probably trying to        figure out     how   the     Value Ladder          applies          to        your   business.      I           want to         share with   you     a          story  that    will show  you     how   we      were  able    to        create            a          Value Ladder for    a          business       that    doesn’t         seem to        have   any     type   of ascending    products       or        services.
I   have   a          chiropractor            friend,           Dr.      Chad  Woolner,      whom            I’ve     known           for      a          long    time.  In fact,          it         was his      urging            that    got      me      to        create            this     book. Like    most  chiropractors,         he       makes his     living  doing adjustments            for about fifty    dollars           each. He       runs   ads,    patients        come in,       get adjusted            in        about ten     minutes,       pay     him    fifty    dollars, and     leave. Sometimes, if         the     person has   a          more serious          condition,    Chad  may    put     the     client on       a          continuity    plan   and have   them come  in        a          few     times a          week  over   the     next   few     months.        But     that’s about it.
One        day     my      friend and     I           were  talking.          He       wanted         to        know what  I           would            do       differently in           his business       if         I           were  him.   I           thought        it         over   for      a          few     days,  when a          funny thing happened.    At        the     time,  I was    working        with   a          group of        wrestlers      who   were  training         for      the Olympics.         Each   week  a          chiropractor            came in and     adjusted       all       of        the     wrestlers.     One    week, the     regular          doc     couldn’t        make it         in.       So,      instead          of        waiting for      a          week, one     of        the     athletes jumped    on       YouTube,      typed in        “how to        give    a          chiropractic adjustment,”          and watched       a          few videos   until   he       felt     like     an       expert.          Then  he       walked          into    the     other room and     quickly adjusted everyone      on       the     team.
Now,     before           I           move on,      I           feel     like     I           should           give    a          disclaimer    or        a          warning        or something.         
 Don’t get      me      wrong.          The     point  of        this     story  is         NOT   to        say      you     should           go watch      YouTube       videos           and     then start   practicing     medicine!    (And   no       emails           telling            me that’s     illegal or        crazy  …         okay?)           The     point  is         that    in        about thirty minutes,       someone      with   no formal     training         at        all       learned         to        do       what  we      were  paying           the     chiropractor for.     I           started laughing,   called my      chiropractor            friend immediately,          and     told    him    the     story.
Naturally,         he       wasn’t           as        amused        as        I           was.   He       launched      into    a          long    rant    about why    that was       dangerous and     why    we      shouldn’t     have   done  it.        Then  I           stopped        him    and     said,   “Look,           I wasn’t         just     calling           to        be       a jerk.   I           want  to        teach you     something   really powerful.     You     went  to college     for      years  to        learn  how   to        be       a chiropractor—yet,            within            thirty minutes,       one wrestler           was    able    to        learn  EVERYTHING           that    you     currently      do       in your   clinic.” Silence.
“I’m       curious,        while you     were  going to        school,          did      you     learn  anything       else    besides adjustments?”
Defensively,    he       started          to        tell      me      about all       sorts  of        other things he       had     learned         and knew     how   to        do.
“I spent years  learning        nutrition       and     natural          healing.        I           can     help   stop   fibromyalgia, carpal         tunnel           syndrome,   and …”
And       that’s where            I           stopped        him    …
“Have    you     ever   provided      ANY    of        these services        to        your   clients?         Or       do       you     stop giving   them  value after  the     fifty dollar adjustments?”
Now       I           want  to        pause here,  because        most  companies   I           work  with,  even  if         they   think they    have   a          Value Ladder, really only    have   part    of        one.   Almost          always,          I           spend my      time working          with   them  on       adding           products       and services        to        the     front  of        their   Value Ladders,       as well           as        the     back.
After      that    discussion,   I           sat      down with   my      friend and     we      mapped        out     his      current         Value Ladder.         It         looked kind    of        like     this     (fig.    2.4):
Fig.     2.4:    At       first,   my      friend only    had     one    basic  service.         I           helped          him    flesh  out     other offerings       so       he       had     a            fully    developed   Value Ladder.
Then      we      looked           at        other ways  he       could provide         more value to        his      clients.          We     figured out  where            he       really wanted         to        take   them. Ultimately,  he       created         a          new    wellness       program, for           which he       could charge           five     thousand dollars.          The     clients           who   participated would            get ten          times more value from  each   visit    to        his      clinic. That   was    the backend—the        highest point—of  his      ladder.
Then,     after  we      built   out     my      friend’s         backend       Value Ladder,         we      still     had     to        find    an attractive           frontend       offer to        get      people          through        the     door. A         chiropractic adjustment  just     isn’t that      sexy.  It’s      not     like     a          massage       that people          enjoy getting,         and     it’s      not     like     going to        a traditional medical         doctor           where            you     think  you’re           going to die      and     need  some medicine fast.        People          usually          wait   until   they’re          in        great  pain   before           they’ll            come in        for an adjustment.      Chiropractic adjustments            just     aren’t that    exciting.        If         you     have   a          blah   frontend offer,       your   business       will always           struggle.
We         sat      down,            thought        through        his      business,      and     decided        that    a          massage       would            be       a good           thing to        offer  as        the     frontend       of        his      Value Ladder.         People          love    getting          massages,    and it’s          bait    he       could use     to get      people          into    his      clinic.
Now       he       has     two    full-time       massage       therapists    who   give    free    massages     to        get      people          in the door. And    just     like my      dentist          sells    teeth whitening    and     retainers,     these therapists    are trained  to        feel     when a          person’s       spine  or        ribs     are out     of        place  and     might need  an adjustment.      Then  they   upgrade        the     client to        the     adjustments            and     then   to        the wellness programs           (fig.    2.5).
Fig      2.5:     Once  my      friend had     a          fully    developed   Value Ladder,         his       business completely        turned           around.
You        might be       selling            a          book  right   now   on       the     frontend       and     have   no       idea    how   to        build up        a          backend Value Ladder.         Well,  what  other value can     you     provide         to        people?        Can     you     be more       hands-on      with   them?           Can     you offer  more personal       attention?   Can     you     provide ancillary   services        or        physical        products       that    enhance       your   primary         offer? My      very    first information    product        was    a          DVD   on       how   to        build  a          potato           gun.   (And   that    just     goes   to        show you can     sell     anything       online!)         But     I           figured          out     how   to        build  a          Value Ladder          by       also selling   “Do    It         Yourself” plans  and     physical        potato           guns   to        our     customers.
The        Value Ladder          is         the     key     to        building        your   marketing    funnels          and     mastering everything      else    I’m      going to teach you     in        this     book. This    system          does   not     work  if         all       you have      is         one     thing—like   a          book  or        an       adjustment. You     need  to        be       able    to        build  out     a          full Value      Ladder.         Most  businesses   I           look    at        have   one     or        two    pieces of        the     ladder,          but     they rarely   have   all       four.   Once  we      add     in        the     missing         pieces,          the     business       can     start   to expand dramatically.       There’s          no       end     to        the     level   of        backend       services        and     experiences you     can     add. If            you     keep providing     more and     more value, people          will     spend more and     more money          to keep         working        with   you.
I   remember   paying           twenty-five  thousand     dollars           to        be       a          part    of        the     Bill      Glazer/Dan Kennedy        Titanium Mastermind            program.      At        the     time,  my      highest          backend       offer  was    five thousand         dollars.          Someone     in        that program       asked me,     “So,    Russell,         what  do       you     sell     next _to          the     people          who   paid   five     thousand?” I           told    him    that I           didn’t have   anything       else    to        offer, and     he       responded,  “Russell,       that’s a          five     thousand     dollar buyer lead—           you     need to        sell them      something   else!”
Interestingly,  later   that    night  the     group (yes,   the     SAME group that    had     already         paid twenty-five    thousand     to        be       in        the room)            was    offered         a          chance          to        be       in        the     movie _Phenomenon         with   Dan    Kennedy       for      an       additional    thirty thousand.    And    nine   out     of eighteen  people          in        our     group bought          the     offer! That   was    when I           realized         that    there really is no   end     to        your   Value Ladder.         It’s      one     of        the     reasons         why    we      created         our     million-dollar program.   Imagine        my shock and     excitement  the     first    time   someone      said    yes!    A         percentage of         your   audience      will     always           want  to        pay     you the     premium      to        get      more value.
The        only    limit   to        your   value offerings       is         your   imagination.           Keep  thinking        of        higher and   higher           levels of service,         and     you     can     keep  charging       more and     more money.         There’s always       something   else    you     can     offer.
WHAT       IF      I        DON’T       HAVE         A       VALUE       LADDER?
Often times,            it’s      hard   for      companies   to        figure out     how   to        add     more offers to        their   Value Ladders.       Typically,      the process         is         very    easy   for      someone      selling            information products because that    ascension     path   has     already         been  created and     proven          in        thousands    of        different information-based     companies.  But     what  if         you’re           selling            something   else?  What if         you offer      physical        products,     ecommerce,            B2B    services,       or        professional            services        where            the     path isn’t      quite as        clear? Sometimes  it         takes  a          little   thought        and     creativity.
If you     already         have   a          product        or        a          service          that    you     sell     in        the     middle          of        your   ladder, what           type of        “bait” could you     create            to        attract           your   dream           customer?   I           have   a          friend who owns    a          company      that makes           custom         suits   for      people.         He       was    stuck  selling            a          high-end service    but     unable           to        see     how   to construct     a          solid   Value Ladder          (probably     because        the “front”  at        the     time   was    two    thousand     dollars).        After  a          while, my      friend tried   giving away free     cuff    links   online.           He       put     the     offer  up,      started          to        advertise,     and     within            days,  he had generated       hundreds     of        perfectly       qualified       leads. He       then   took   those people          through        an ascension           plan   to        get them  to        purchase      their   own   custom         suits.
Often     times,            companies   have   a          frontend       product        but     nothing         more to        sell     on       the backend.           For      that,   I love    to        look    at        what  else    they   could bundle          together.      Could they   offer a           coaching       program?     How   about a          live   event? What other results           or        value could they   give their      clients?
I   told    you     earlier           that    FitLife.tv’s    core   issue  was    not     a          traffic or        conversion   problem. The          only    real    problem       was that    they   had     no       Value Ladder.         Because        of        that,   they   couldn’t build         out     a          true    sales  funnel.          They   brought people          into    their   funnel,          but     then   the relationship     ended.          People          wanted         to        give    them  money,         but     there was no       clear  path   for them       to        follow.           As       soon  as        they   added            those things into    their   business,      customers    naturally started to        ascend          the     ladder,          ultimately    paying           Drew and     his      team  what  they   were  worth.
While    it’s      not     always           obvious         what  you     can     add     to        the     frontend       or        the     backend       of your          company,     I promise        that    the     solutions      are      there. I           also    know that    if         you     want  to succeed   and     beat   out     your   competition,           you need  to        have   this     Value Ladder          in        place.
Up          Next: In        the     next   chapter,        we      are      going to        talk     about the     basics of        building        out your       sales  funnel.          But please           take   the     time   to        fill       out     your   own   Value Ladder.         Again, unless          you     have   a          complete     Value Ladder,         it’s impossible   to        build  out     an       effective       sales funnel.
SECRET  #3:
FROM A LADDER TO A FUNNEL

The     Secret            Formula        was    created         to        help   you     figure out     who   you     want  to        serve, how   to        find them,    what  kind    of bait    you     should           use     to        attract           them, and     where            you     want  to        take   them.
The        Value Ladder          was    created         to        help   you     figure out     what  products       and     services        you need      to        add     so        that your   dream           clients           move from  your   bait    to        your   high-end       services.
Now       it’s      time   to        bridge           the     gap     between       a          Value Ladder          and     a          sales  funnel.          In        sections 3    and     4 of        this     book, we      will     go       into    a          lot       of        detail about the     strategy,       psychology, and tactics   you     need  to        build  out     your own   sales  funnels.        But     first,   I           need  you     to        understand what  a          sales  funnel           is         and     how   that    relates           to everything   we’ve discussed     so        far.     This section is         short, but     critical           to        your   success.
In a          perfect          world,           I           would            immediately           be       able    to        talk     my      dream           client into purchasing      my      best, most  expensive    service.         But     as        we      discussed     in        the     last     chapter,        that’s almost          impossible   because        I           haven’t provided      value yet.     Besides,        my      highest-level           service might          not     be       the     best    fit        for      all       people.         It’s      almost impossible   to        build  a          company      just offering your   high-end       services.       You     need  a          full      range of        offers.           So       instead of        trying to convince someone      to        buy     the     most  expensive    offering        right   away, we      build  a          funnel           that will        help   us to        do       two    things:
1.         Provide  value to        each   customer     at        the     unique          level   of        service          that    he       or        she     can afford.
2.         Make      money          and     be       profitable     while identifying   our     dream           clients           who   can afford    our     highest          offer.
The        best    way    to        show  you     how   this     works is         to        draw  a          funnel:
Fig      3.2:     A         funnel            moves           people           through        the      sales   process.        They   enter as prospective        customers    (traffic),        and            your   job      is         to        convert         as        many as        possible        into repeat  customers   by       selling            to        them  at        the     front,            middle,         and     backend       of        your funnel.
Above   the     funnel           is         a          cloud that    represents   all       of        my      potential      customers.  At        the     top of my      funnel           is the     “bait” that    will     attract           my      dream           customers.  Notice           that    this     bait    is         also the        first    rung   of        the     Value Ladder.         As       I           start   to        place  ads     featuring      my      bait,   potential customers         will     start   raising           their   hands,           and     a certain          percentage  of        those people          will purchase          my      frontend       offer.
Then      I           will     move to        the     next   step    in        my      funnel.          Here  I           will     introduce     the     next   product or   service          in my      Value Ladder.         This    will,    of        course,          be       something   offering        MORE            value, while also    costing          more money. Unfortunately,       not     everyone      who   purchases    my      bait    will also        purchase      this     more expensive,   high-value   product,       but     a certain          percentage  of        those people          will.
From     there, I           move deeper          into    the     funnel           and     introduce     the     next   product        or        service on    my      Value Ladder. Again,            not     everyone      will     buy     this     product,       but     a          percentage  of        the clients    who   initially          took   the     bait    will.    I will     continue       to        do       this     through        all       the     levels of my Value Ladder,         and     at        the     bottom         of        this     funnel,          a handful         of        people          will     appear          who can       afford—and may    be       willing           to        purchase—my        high-end       services.       These are      my      dream clients,        the     ones   I           want  to        work  with   at        a          more intimate       level.
Now,     before           I           “sell” you     on       why    you     need  to        be       thinking        about your   company      in terms        of        “funnels,”    I want  you     to        understand that    my      approach     wasn’t           always           this     detailed. When      I           first    got      started          online            over a          decade          ago,    there was    a          lot       less     competition.           I           could have   just     a          frontend       product,       and     I’d       spend a dollar on       ads     and     make two    dollars           back   in return.      But     as        more people          started          businesses   online            and     competition started          to        grow, ad costs        went  up,      the     consumer’s buying           resistance    also    went  up,      and     it         got      harder           to        sell. People           I           know who   were  making          millions         of        dollars           a          year   are      no       longer           in        business because  they   didn’t adapt and     change          with   the     times.
When    I           started          to        feel     the     pinch, I           was    lucky  enough         to        have   some amazing        mentors who          taught           me the     importance of        building        a          deeper          funnel           with   more offerings.     The deeper  your   funnel           is,        and     the     more things you     can     offer  your   clients,          the     more each customer       will     be       worth to        you.    And    the     more they   are      worth to        you,    the more you     can spend    to        acquire         them. Remember  this     truth:
“Ultimately,         the      business        that    can     spend the      most  to        acquire          a          customer      wins.”
—Dan Kennedy
Every     product        I           sell     online            has     a          sales  funnel           that    I           take   people          through.       In        fact, immediately  after the     customer     buys   something,  they   are      offered         an       upsell or        two    before they even  leave  the     page. This    is         one     type   of sales  funnel.          But     after  they   have   purchased something      from  me,     I           use     other types of        communication     funnels          to        build a          relationship and encourage       them  to        purchase      other products       and     services        that    we      sell.    You’ll learn  about these special communication     funnels          in        Section          2.        Every product        we      sell     has     its       own   sales funnel to        provide         value and convert         the     buyer into    a          higher-end  customer.    You’ll see     all seven       of        these funnels          in        Section          4.
The        fact     that    you     picked           up       this     book  and     are      reading         it         now   is         proof that    this     concept works.      I already         know that    a          percentage  of        everyone      who   buys   this     book  will     upgrade        to one           of        my      online            web classes.         I           also    know that    from  there, a          percentage  of        those people will   upgrade        to        my      Ignite program       or        my      Inner Circle program.      And    a          few,   the     ones   who are        the     right   fit,       will     join     my      million-dollar          program,      and     I’ll       be coming          out     to        set      up       this whole    system          in        their   offices.
Let’s      Review:        So       a          sales  funnel           is         just     the     online            process         you     take   someone      through to   get      them  to ascend          through        the     different       levels of        your   Value Ladder.         It’s      the     actual webpages   that    will     make the     Secret Formula        work. The     Secret            Formula        will     help   you     find your      dream           customer,    offer  them  your   bait,   and     lead    them  to where            you     want  them  to        go— all         while providing     the     customer     value and     making          you     money.
Up          Next: So,      the     next   logical           question,      after  you     understand the     concept        behind          the sales       funnel,          is WHERE         do       you     find    the     people          to        put     into    that    sales  funnel?         Secret            #4       will present three simple           questions to        help   you     find    your   dream           clients           and     bring  them  to        your websites—    with   credit cards  in        hand.
SECRET  #4:
HOW TO FIND YOUR DREAM CUSTOMERS

With   the     Secret            Formula,       you     discovered   that    you     must  find    out     who    your   dream           clients are    and     then   find    out where            they   are.    Usually          my      clients           can     figure out     pretty            quickly          who they      want  to        sell     to,       but     they   get stuck  figuring         out     where            those dream           clients           are      and     how to          get      them  to        visit    their   websites.     The     process of        getting          people          to        come to        your   website is    called “driving         traffic.”         So       when I           talk     about “traffic”        throughout this     book, I’m      talking about          the     people          you     are      convincing   (through       an       ad)      to        come to        your   website.       People always           ask      me      how   to        attract           more traffic to        their   websites,      but     before           we      can     address         how to          get      those people,         you     have   to        understand the     concept        of        “congregations.”
One        of        the     coolest          things about the     Internet        is         the     power           of        congregations.       These seemingly    unimportant groups           of        people          gathering     together       in        little   corners         of        the     Internet make        it         possible        for      people          like you     and     me      to        get      into    business       quickly          and     be       successful without            all       the     barriers         and     expensive    hurdles of        traditional   media.
When    I           say      the     word  congregation,         what’s           the     first    thing  that    pops  into    your   head? For    most  people,         the     word congregation          brings            to        mind  a          church.         A         church           is         really nothing         more than   a          group of        people          who gather           together       based on       similar           beliefs,          values, and  ideas. For      example,      each   week, the     Baptists        all       congregate together       based on       their similar beliefs           and     values.          The     Catholics      also    congregate  together       and     so        do       the     Mormons, Seventh        Day     Adventists,  Muslims,      and     Jews,  etc.,    …         right? So,      if         I           were  selling            a          perfect product     for      Mormons, where            would            I           go       to        sell     it?       Of       course,          I           would            go       to        the     Mormon Church.  My      dream customers    would            be       right   there congregated           together.      All       I’d       have   to do  is         put     my      message       out     in        front  of them.
My         point  is         not     to        teach you     how   to        sell     things to        churches.     I           want  you     to        understand the      power           of a          congregation          because        it’s      one     of        the     main  reasons         the     Internet        is         such   an amazing  tool    for      businesses.  Prior to        the     Internet,       it         was    hard   for      people          around          the     world to       congregate  together.      We     were  limited          by location        and     ability            to        communicate.        But     now it’s         possible        for      anyone         and     everyone      to        congregate  together and     discuss          almost           anything with         groups           of        people          who   hold   similar           beliefs.
When    I           was    in        high    school,          there were  five     or        six       kids    who   would            get      together       every day     at        lunch and play    card   games.          I           remember   one     of        the     games           was    called Magic:           The Gathering.       Now   I           had     never heard of it,        and     I           thought        the     kids    were  kind    of        strange         sitting by      themselves  playing          cards. But     they   were  content         to congregate  together       and     participate in          an       activity          they   enjoyed.       I’m      sure   there were  a          handful         of        kids    in        high schools         all       over the        country         doing the     same  thing, unaware       of        one     another.       Before           the     Internet,       that    was how things worked.        You     were  kind    of        limited          based on       geography;  you     might not     be       close to         other people          in        your congregation.         As       a          marketer,     I           would            have   found it         difficult         to reach        five     kids    at        one     high    school           and three at        another        school           and     six       or        seven at        yet another.            It         would            have   cost    too     much money          to        be successful.   Yet      now,  thanks           to        the Internet,           those five     or        six       kids    in        my      high    school           can     congregate  with others           all       over   the world     to        play    Magic:           The     Gathering    online.           They   can     hang  out     on       forums          and     play games with people          half     way    across            the     world.           Now,  if         I           have   a          product        to        sell     to        a          congregation of people          who   love    Magic:           The     Gathering,   it’s      easy   and     economical to        go       online,           find where   they   are,    and     get      my message       in        front  of        them.
Here’s   another        example:      I           was    a          wrestler        in        college,         and     every night  all       the     student athletes    had     to        spend two    hours in        study hall     to        make sure   we      got      our     homework   done. Naturally,    I           would            sit       next   to        my      wrestling buddies,       and     we’d  goof   off      online.           I           remember looking            over   one     day     and     noticing        that    all       my      friends          were looking          at        the     exact  same website         I           was.   It         was    called TheMat.com—a    website         for      wrestlers.     We     were  all chatting about       what  had     happened    that    month           in        the     world of        wrestling      and     who   was    winning.       We were      showing cool    moves           and     discussing    what  move might work  better.           Every single person          on       my      college          wrestling      team  was    in that    study lab      for      two    hours every night hanging         out     on       TheMat.com           and     talking           about wrestling—rather than   doing our homework.
Interestingly,  this     was    probably       happening   in        every single university     around          the country.            Add    in        all       the     high school           wrestlers      and     any     older  people          interested    in        the     sport who    would            likely  find    this     site,    and     you     can     see that    potentially   every single wrestler        in the world could congregate  in        one     spot   and     talk     about wrestling.     Now,  if         I           had     a wresting product, what  would            I           do       to        sell     it?       I           would            find    the     existing         congregation          of        wrestling fans, and     I           would            put     my      message       out     in        front  of        them. Simple!
There    are      congregations        for      everything   you     can     dream           up—from     antiques       buyers           to zipper       collectors.    Once  you understand the     core   concept        of        congregations,       driving           traffic is incredibly easy.  Not     sure   where            your   congregations        are? Just    go       to        Google          and     type   in your          keywords     plus    the     word  forum or        search           for      groups           related          to        your keywords     on Facebook.          It         might take   a          little   digging,         but     you’ll find    your   target audience.     Now,  there are      three questions you     have   to        ask      yourself        to        find    and     really tap      into    these congregations.
QUESTION #1:    WHO         IS      YOUR        TARGET     MARKET?
When I           ask      that    question,      people          tend   to        answer          with   straight         demographics        like,    “My target   market          is women         from  ages   thirty-six       to        forty-five      who   make fifty    thousand     dollars a       year.” For      a          very    long    time,  straight demographics        like     that    were  pretty            much the     only way       to        separate       the     people          you     wanted         to        target from  the rest    of        humanity.    Traditional media catered         to        certain          demographics        through        its       programming         and     sold    advertising along those lines.  If         you     wanted         to        reach well-off,        intellectual  men,  you     might advertise      on the           late     night  news  or        in The     New   York   Times.           If         you     wanted         to        reach housewives,            you might    advertise      during           a          soap   opera in        the middle          of        the     day.    Unfortunately,       straight demographics    don’t  give    you     any     of        the     juicy   information about the     individual. In        the     old days,       the     best    you     could do       was    group people          in        general         terms,           according     to        age,    gender, income, and     geographical           location.       The     Internet        has     changed       all       that.   Today you     can     get      as granular  as        you     want  to        with the     data   available.     You     can     segment       people          based on       musical taste,         medical         background,            and     shoe   size.   If         you like,    you     can     even  group according     to        the movies  they   watched       last     month           or        the     websites       they   visited           yesterday.
Because            marketers    are      now   able    to        target so        many different       characteristics        so accurately,         people          have   lost     all patience       for      generalized, mass  media            messages. Consumers     expect           and     demand        that    your   advertising  be       extremely relevant        to        them. Say you         own   a          local   pet     food   company      and     your   advertising  speaks           to        women         in        Tampa who love      dogs.  If         I’m      a          man   in        Tampa           who   loves  cats,   you     might want  to        create            a          separate message for      me. It         doesn’t         matter          that    both   target markets        can     get      food   for      their   animals         at your          store. Consumers  want  and expect           messaging   that    speaks           directly         to        them, or        they will       likely  ignore           you.    There’s          just     too     much information bombarding us        at        all       hours of        the day         and     night. As       modern        humans,       we      are      subconsciously       forced           to screen           out     anything that          doesn’t         directly         apply to        us.      So       a          dog     food   commercial may    not     even  register         on a          cat owner’s radar, even  though          your   store  also    sells    cat      food.
To           create            hyper-targeted      messages,    you     have   to        know your   target market          inside and out.        Successful    businesses   get inside of        the     customer’s  mind  and     find    out     what  the individual         really cares  about.           What are      their   pains  and     passions?     What do       they   desire? What          do       they   think  about,           and     what  do       they   search           for      online?          When you     can     find    out those tiny     details,          you     can     search           more specifically   and     find    buyers           in        not-so-obvious places.    For      example,      in        the     “how to        make money”        business       that    I           have, I           often think  back to          myself           when I           was    a          twelve-year-old     kid buying           stuff   from  infomercials.           What were  my desires? What got      me      excited?        Where           did      I           look    for      more information? What words            and phrases was    I           searching     for?    What magazines   did      I           read? I           try       to        figure out     what  my mindset was at        the     time.  If         I           had     a          wrestling      product,       I           would            think  back   to        my      own wrestling        days.  Who   are      the people          in        the     wrestling      market?        What are      they   searching     for? What    problems     do       they   want  to        solve?            What questions     do       they   need  answered?   I           suggest digging      into    your   own   experience  to        create            as        detailed        a          picture as        possible        for      the     product you are      selling.          You     want  to        go       way    beyond         typical           demographics        when answering question       number        one:   Who   is         your   target market?        Then, when you     have   an       accurate picture,   you     can     move on       to        the next   question.
QUESTION #2:    WHERE     IS      YOUR        TARGET     MARKET CONGREGATING?
Remember  your   target market          is         made up       of        real    people,         so        you     need  to        look    at        their   real behavior.         Where do       they   hang  out     online?          Where           do       they   spend their   time? What email newsletters might they   subscribe     to?      What blogs  do they   read? What Facebook     groups           are they        a          part    of?      Are     they   even  on       Facebook—or         do       they   prefer            Instagram? What keywords are          they   searching     for      on       Google?        What books are      they   buying           on       Amazon?      Answering these   questions can     take   some time   and     research,      but     it’s      worth taking            as        much time   as        you need      to        develop        a          clear  picture of        where            your   ideal   clients           are      directing       their   attention.
Finding traffic on       the     Internet        really is         as        easy   as        answering    these questions. Marketers      try       to        make it complicated            with   all       of        the     technology  that    helps  direct the     traffic to       certain          web    pages.           But     it’s      your   knowledge of        the     people           in        your   market          that    makes           the technology       useful.           I           like     to        think  of        the     Internet        as a          huge  mountain,    and     your   ideal customer—your     traffic—is     gold    inside that    mountain.    Your   job      as        a          marketer      is         to find    the gold        and     mine  it         out.    When you     start   mining,         you’re           just     digging          around,         poking           and prodding,         trying to        find    where            the     gold    is.        You     know there’s          gold    in        that    mountain somewhere,   but     you’re           not     sure   where. So       you’re           looking          around,         trying this     area   and     that area,     and     all       of        a          sudden,        you     might dig      up       a          few nuggets.       Typically,      gold    clumps          together in  a          vein    running         through        the     mountain     (like    a          congregation).       So       when you     find    a          little   bit of  gold,  you     can     dig      deeper          and     find    more. You’ll soon  see     that    the     vein    runs   deep  into    the mountain.    If         you     keep  following      that    vein,   you     can     mine  out     all       the     gold.  It’s      worth taking the    time   to        do       a thorough      job      in        the     poking           and     prodding      stage. Because        if         you     can     find exactly where            your   target market          is hanging        out,    then   pulling           out     the     gold    is         simply           a matter       of        putting          a          relevant        message       in        front  of them  and     directing       them  to        your   offer.
Do          some digging—all the     while asking            the     crucial           questions:    Who   is         my      target market?      Where           are      these people           congregating?        You     search           for      a          little   while, and     Boom! You  might find    an       email newsletter   they   subscribe     to. That’s a          vein    of        gold.  You’re           going to        tap      into    that.   You     might buy     ads     in        that    newsletter   and     try       to        entice all       those people          back to          your   website.       You     might find    a          blog    they   frequent       or        maybe           a          Facebook     group they like.    As       the     entrepreneur,        it’s      your   job      to        go       out     there and     find    these congregations.       There are     people          you     can hire    to        help,  and     there are      systems        you     can     set      up       to        tap      into    those congregations,       but     first    you     have   to        get into    the     mindset        of        the     target market          and     figure out where    they   congregate.
Then      you’re           ready for      the     third   question.
QUESTION #3:    HOW         CAN  YOU  GET  A       CUSTOMER        TO    LEAVE       THE CONGREGATION         AND CHECK       OUT YOUR        PAGE?
If          I’m      in        the     middle          of        a          wrestling      debate          on       TheMat.com,          it’s      going to        take   something special to        get me      to        leave  that    site     and     go       look    at        something   else.   At        this     point, you     have   to figure       out     what  offering        is special           enough         to        entice            a          wrestling      fan      away  from  his      favorite site.           How   can     you     divert attention      away  from what  your   prospect       is         currently      doing?           I           call this         process         the     Enquirer       Interrupt.
Fig      4.2:    Your   ads     must  be       able    to        grab   people’s       attention      if         you     want  them to        click over     to        your   site.
Did         you     know that    The     National       Enquirer       is         one     of        the     most  read   newspapers in        the world?   They   place  their publication  in        one     of        the     busiest          spots  on       earth: the     checkout stand.     People          only    have   a          split    second          to        make a          buying           decision,       so        the     publication  offers short two-to           three-            word  headlines     that    will     stop   almost           anyone in        their   tracks.           The magazine         is         an       undisputed  master          at        interrupting your   brain  patterns       and     making          you notice.
Your       job      online            is         almost           the     same. You     are      trying to        engage          someone      who   is         already checking   email, Facebook,    and     his      cell     phone           at        the     exact  same  time.  You     have   to        interrupt potential           customers    long    enough         for them  to        click   on       your   ad       and     visit    your   website.
As           you     start   to        think  about what  type   of        ads     should           you     be       placing—what        they   should say,  what  types of images          they   should           use—I            recommend going to        Google          images          and searching         for      “National     Enquirer       headlines.” You’ll see     hundreds     of        examples     that    you     can model.  If         you     look    closely,         you’ll notice            the     magazine     always           uses a          strange         or        unusual picture      to        grab   the     eye.    Then  it         uses   short, punchy          headlines     (usually         describing    something weird,            unusual,       or        shocking)     to        make you     curious          enough         to        buy     a          copy. The     images          and headlines interrupt      whatever     you     were  thinking        about to        make you     pay     attention      to        the product,            a          magazine.
In our     ads,    we      place  these Enquirer       Interrupts    to        grab   our     prospects’    attention      and send      them  to        our     squeeze       pages, our     frontend       offers,           and     our     bait.   Remember  that    just because            you’ve           identified     who    your   dream           prospects     are and     where            they   are,    your   job      isn’t done.   You     still     need  to        grab   their   attention      and     get      them  to        click   over   to        your website.       You do          that    through        these interrupt-style        ads.
YOUR ROLE AS THE ENTREPRENEUR
As        the     entrepreneur          for      my      companies,  one     of        my      primary         jobs    is         to        identify         where            the veins      of        gold are      located.        This    task    is         not     for      the     person          buying           the     ads,    optimizing   the ads,        or        picking          the     keywords, etc.     That’s like     expecting     a          building        contractor   to        know how to          pour   the     foundation, frame the     house,           put     up       the sheet rock,  and     run     the     electricity.   A contractor           does   not     need  to        know how   to        do       all       of        those things to        build  a house.           In        fact,   if he   did      do       all       of        those things,           it         would            take   ten     times longer           to        get      the     job      done. Instead,        he understands      the     pieces            that    need  to        be       in        place  to        build  a          house,           and     then   he       hires  the electrician    to        do       the     wiring            and     the     sheet rock    guy     to        put     up       the     sheet rock.
Your       job      as        the     entrepreneur          is         to        understand the     strategy        behind          these DotComSecrets      and     then   hire    the Facebook     guy     to        run     Facebook     ads     and     the     Google          guy to            run     Google          ads.    To       this     day,    I’ve     never once  run a          Google          or        a          Facebook     ad,      yet      I’ve made     millions         on       both   platforms.    I           understand the     strategy,       and     then I           set      up       systems        and hire        people          who   are      great  at        the     tactics.          In        this     way,   we      all       do       what  we      are best    at.
Because            I           know this     division         of        labor  works,           I’m      not     going to        go       into    every detail on how         to        run     the ads     in        this     book. Instead,        I           want  to        focus on       the     strategy.       Then, you     can build      a          system          and     have   your   team help   you     to        implement   it.        In        the     next   chapter,        I’m going      to        help   you     understand the     strategy        behind          the     three types of        traffic,           and     we      will pinpoint            your   ONLY goal    when driving           traffic online.
SECRET  #5:
THE THREE TYPES OF TRAFFIC

Acrucial         DotComSecret       you     must  understand to        experience  exponential growth          is         this: There   are      only    three types of       traffic:
1.         Traffic    you     control
2.         Traffic    you     don’t  control
3.         Traffic    you     OWN
Once      you     understand how   each   type   of        traffic works and     how   they   tie       together,      you will         have   the     ability            to        direct the     right   traffic to        the     right   offers,           and     convert         the     highest number     possible        into    buyers           and     repeat           clients. Your   one     and     ONLY goal    is         to        OWN all the            traffic you     can.    That   is         how   you     grow  your   list      and     increase        your   sales.
TRAFFIC YOU OWN
I           want  to        begin our     discussion    with   the     third   type   of        traffic listed above because        it’s      the most      important.   Traffic            you own   is         the     BEST  kind    of        traffic.           It’s      your   email list      or        your followers,       readers,        customers,  etc.     I           call     this     the traffic that    I           “own”           because        I           can     send   out an           email,            post   a          message       to        my      followers,     or        make a blog    post,  and     I           will     generate      instant traffic.        I           don’t  have   to        buy     it         from  Google          or        Facebook.    I           don’t  have to        do       any     PR       or        SEO. This      is         my      own   distribution channel;       I           can     send   out     messages     anytime        I           want, with no       new marketing      costs. I           can     sell     things to        these people          over   and     over   again, and     all       of        that money comes           back as        pure   profit.
I   was    lucky  when I           first    got      started          online            to        have   a          mentor         named          Mark  Joyner.          Mark had     built   a huge  company      online,           and     when I           started          to        study under him,   his      number        one piece     of        advice           to        me      was this:    “Russell,       you     have   to        build  a          list.”   He       ingrained     that principle          into    my      mind, and     it         became        my      only    focus for      two    to        three years. As       my      list started   to        grow, so        did      my      income.
The        first    month,          I           was    able    to        get      about two    hundred       people          to        join     my      list,     and     I made           just     a little   over   two    hundred       dollars           that    month.          When I           had     increased     my      list      to about       one     thousand     people,         I started          to        average        about one     thousand     dollars           per     month. When         I           got      my      list      to        ten     thousand     people, I           was    averaging     over   ten     thousand     dollars           per month!  And    those numbers       have   stayed           pretty            consistent    now   that we      have   well    over   five hundred           thousand     people          on       the     lists.
Yes,        we      average        about one     dollar per     month           for      each   name on       our     email lists.   In        some of        the     markets        we’re in,       the     profit is         actually         a          lot       higher           than   that.   But     as        a          rule    of        thumb, when          you     follow            the communication     funnels          you’ll learn  in        Section          2          correctly,     you should  expect           to        see     similar           results.          Once  you understand that    metric,          suddenly      list building becomes      a          much higher           priority!
That’s    why    it’s      so        important    to        convert         the     other two    types of        traffic (both traffic you control  and     traffic you     don’t control)        into    subscribers  and     buyers           (traffic           that    you     own)  as quickly     as        possible.       The     bigger            your   list,     the     more money          you     make.
TRAFFIC YOU CONTROL
The     next   type   of        traffic is         traffic you     control.         You     control          traffic when you     have   the     ability to       tell      it         where            to go.      For      example,      if         I           purchase      an       ad       on       Google,         I           don’t  own   that    traffic (Google        does),            but     I           can control          it         by       buying           an       ad       and     then   sending         those who   click   on that          ad       anywhere    I           want. Any    kind    of paid   traffic is         traffic you     control,         including      the following:
•           Email      ads     (solo  ads,    banners,       links,  mentions)
•           Pay-per-click    ads     (Facebook,   Google,         Yahoo,          etc.)
•           Banner   ads
•           Native    ads
•           Affiliates           and     joint   ventures
Now,     I           personally    LOVE  traffic that    I           can     control,         but     my      big      problem       is         that    every time   I           want  more of it,        I           have   to        spend more money.         So       my      goal    is         always           to        send   any traffic    that    I           am      going to        purchase over   to        a          type   of        website         we      call     a          “squeeze      page.” (We’ll           discuss          squeeze        pages a          lot       more during Secret            #11:   The     Twenty-Three         Building Blocks       of        a          Funnel.)
Fig.     5.2:     Squeeze        pages have   one    goal,  and     no       distractions.            There is         only    one thing     for      the     visitor            to        do       on            this     page.
This        squeeze        page  is         a          very    simple           page  with   ONE   goal:  to        convert         traffic that    you control  into    traffic that    you own.  I           send   all       of        my      paid   traffic to        a          squeeze        page, and     when the     visitors          get      there, they   only    have   ONE option:          give    me      an       email address         or        leave. Now a           certain          percentage  of        people          will     leave, but     the     cool    thing is         that    some of        those people will   give    you     a          personal       email address.        After  that,   the     traffic you     control          becomes      traffic that    you     own,  and     you     can     start   sending         the     new    potential      buyer through        your   Soap  Opera Sequences  (Secret          #7)      and your   daily   Seinfeld        emails           (Secret          #8).
TRAFFIC YOU DON’T CONTROL
This    last     type   of        traffic just     shows            up,      and     I           don’t  have   any     control          over   where            it         came from   or        where it         goes.  For      example,      if         someone      mentions     my      book  on       Facebook,    their followers       may    search           my      name in Google,         and     they   may    land   on       some random         page  in        my blog.       I           didn’t have   control          over   any     part    of        that sequence     of        events.          There are      lots     of        types of        traffic that    I           don’t  control,         including:
•           Social     media            (Facebook,   Twitter,         Instagram,   Google+,      LinkedIn,      Pinterest,     etc.)
•           Search    traffic (search          engine           optimization           or        SEO)
•           Guest     blog    traffic
•           YouTube
•           Guest     interviews
Now,     just     like     traffic that    I           control,         my      ONLY goal    with   traffic that    I           don’t  control          is also to        turn    it         into    traffic that    I           own.  To       do       this,    I           try       to        push   all       traffic that    I           don’t  control back            to        my      blog.  If         you     visit    any of        my      blogs, you’ll notice            that    the     top     third   of        my      blog    is nothing     but     a          glorified        squeeze        page. When people go       there, the     only    real    thing  they   can do           is         give    me      their   email addresses.   After  they   do       that,   they   become        traffic that I           own,  and I  can     put     them  into    my      communication     funnels.
Fig.     5.3:     I           turn    my      blog    posts  into    modified      squeeze        pages to        convert         as        much traffic as        possible        into    traffic I            own.
MOVING INTO YOUR COMMUNICATION FUNNEL
Up      Next: Now   that    you     understand where            you     can     find    congregations        composed    of        dream clients         and     you     understand that    your   goal    is         to        convert         those people          into    traffic that    you own,      the     next   question       is,        What do       you     do       with the      potential      customers    after  they   join     your email   list?
Section 2          of        this     book  will     show  you     how   we      communicate         with   our     audience.     It         will detail     what  emails           we send   out     and     in        what  sequence     we      send   them. It         will     show  you     how to          use     your   email list      as        a          tool    to        get people          to        ascend          your   Value Ladder.         But     before           we get           into    the     actual sequences   that    you’ll be       sending         out (Secret          #7       and     #8),    you     first    have to         understand the     Attractive     Character.
![]()  | 
|
|---|---|
SECTION TWO: YOUR COMMUNICATION FUNNEL
THE ATTRACTIVE CHARACTER

Hey     Russell,         I’m      building        a          list,     but     nobody’s      opening        my      emails.          Nobody’s     clicking          on my            links.  Nobody’s buying           what  I’m      trying to        sell.    What am      I           doing wrong?!”
People  who   started          my      DotComSecrets      course           used   to        express         this     same  thought        all the            time.  Business owners         often get      behind          the     idea    that    they   should           be       averaging     a          dollar per     month           for      every person          on their   list.     So,      they   focus on       growing        their   lists,   yet      feel stuck     and     frustrated    when they   don’t  see     results.          Can     you     relate to        that    at        all?
In my      experience, the     missing         link     is         this     concept        of        the     Attractive     Character     (AC). It’s       about the     persona you’re           sharing          with   your   audience      and     how   you     communicate         with your     list.     Most  people          either don’t  bother           to create            this     character,    or        they   don’t  do       it correctly.  So,      I           want  to        explain          the     process         to        you     now.  It’s      one of        the     most  important    steps you     can     take   when it         comes           to        making          sales. Once  you     intentionally           create            your AC,     your business         will     change          forever.
An          Attractive     Character     is         not     someone      who   is         extraordinarily       good  looking,        although they         might be.      What I’m talking           about here   is         a          persona        that    attracts         clients           or        customers and       helps  you     build  your   following      to eventually    make sales. An       Attractive     Character allows   you     to        build  a          platform       anywhere    you     want, whether       on       email, Facebook,    or YouTube. It         doesn’t         matter          where            you     show  up;      your   AC       will     draw  people          to        you.
The     first    time   I           learned         about personas      and     characters,  I           was    at        a          marketing    seminar
and     heard John   Alanis speak.           If         you     look    up       his      name,            you’ll find    he       teaches         men   how   to get women         to approach     them. In        other words,           he       teaches         guys   how   to        pick    up       chicks.           I remember he       explained     how   the concept        of        attracting     women         was    very    similar           to attracting            customers    and     making          sales. If         a          guy     wants a woman         to        be       attracted      to        him, there    are      certain          things he       needs to        do.      And    they   are      the     same  things you     need to        do       if         you want      clients           and     customers    to        be       attracted      to        you     in        your   business.      He       said    entrepreneurs need  to        create            an       Attractive     Character.    This    was    the     first    time   I           had     ever   heard anyone         talk about    this     idea.  I listened        to        him    talk     for      an       hour, and     it         made a          huge  impact          on       me      and     my company.
Think     about any     business—online   or        offline.          Most  successful    ones   have   an       Attractive Character        front  and     center.          Take Subway,        for      example.      Subway         used   to        be       just     another        fast food      restaurant   like     McDonald’s,            Burger           King,  and all       the     rest.   Then  somewhere along the line,        the     company      found this     guy     named          Jared. He       was    a          big      guy     who weighed       over   four hundred          pounds.        However,     he       started          eating            nothing         but     Subway         twice a          day,    and     over the course   of        a          couple           of        years, he       lost     a          ton     of        weight.         Subway         shared           Jared’s          story  with   the world. They   put     him    in        commercials,          on       billboards,   everywhere.           By       making          Jared  their Attractive      Character,    Subway transformed           its       business       from  an       average        fast     food restaurant     to        a          weight-loss  plan.  This    new    tactic completely  set the     company      apart  from the       competition.           One    of        the     reasons         that    Subway         does   so        well    is         because        it focuses marketing tactics           around          an       Attractive     Character.    People          trying to        lose    weight           can     relate to Jared.       They understand his      backstory,    and     they   want  to        be       like     him.   If         this     guy     could lose all          that    weight           just     by       eating Subway         twice a          day,    then   they   can     too.    This    same  guy     has been      bringing        in        business       for      Subway         for      over fifteen           years!
Now       think  about your   favorite         movies.         What was    the     last     movie            you     saw?  Did     you see         it         because        you thought        the     storyline       was    intriguing?   Or       did      you     go       because        one     of        your favorite           actors            or        actresses      was in        it?       Movies          use     Attractive     Characters   because        those ACs bring     in        the     customers.  A         great  example       of        that concept        is         the     movie            Ocean’s        Eleven. _When         I           saw    the     lineup            for      that    movie,           I           had     no       doubt it would            be       successful.   Producers brought           in        eleven           Attractive     Characters,  actors            who   viewers         already         loved, put them together       in        a          movie,           and     Boom!           Instant          hit.      Maybe          you’re           not     a          big      Brad   Pitt     fan,    but     you love    everything   Julia   Roberts         does. So,      you     go       see     the     movie            because        she     is         the     Attractive Character        you     relate to.
This        is         why    sequels         and     franchises    work  so        well,   generation   after  generation. If         you loved     Harrison       Ford   as        Han Solo    in        1977, you     probably       paid   to        see     all       the     _Star    Wars _sequels          and     _Raiders         of        the      Lost    Ark,    too.    And    guess what?            Nearly           forty  years  later,  guess who’s showing        up       again to        bring  you     a          little   more Han    Solo? It’s      amazing        to think  that    one mediocre         movie            created         over   a          generation   ago     can     still     pack   the     theaters        and     sell     tickets           by the      millions.       That’s the     power           of        Attractive     Characters.  We     love    them. We     want  to        be       like them.    We     relate to        their stories.          And    we      buy     what  they’re          selling!
This        is         one     of        the     big      secrets          behind          the     most  successful    online            businesses   in        the     most competitive markets,       like     weight-loss, dating,          financial       investing,     supplements,         and ecommerce.   All       these types of        businesses   can     use an       Attractive     Character.
I   started          noticing        how   this     works in        my      own   business       when I           started          speaking       at seminars and     selling products       from  the     stage. The     first    few     times I           spoke,           I           was    still     in school       at        Boise State  University.   I           was    a student         athlete          in        the     wrestling      program,      and     that information   would            come out     when I           told    my      story  from  the stage. I           talked            about wrestling and         coaches        and     lessons          I’d       learned         from  the     sport. When it         was    time   to        sell at        the     end     of the presentation,          I           noticed         that    the     people          who   came to        the     back   to        buy     my      product        were mostly           male  athletes.       They   would            say,    “Hey, man,  I           played           football         in        college.”       Or,      “Hey, I’m      a          lacrosse player.”         I           didn’t realize           it         at        the     time,  but     my      story  was    promoting   an Attractive           Character     that    other male athletes        could relate to.       Interesting.
A few     years  later,  my      wife    and     I           were  trying to        start   a          family.           Like    so        many couples these         days,  we      had     some trouble          getting          pregnant.     We     went  through        a          long    process,        but after       a          few     months         with   a          fertility doctor,          we      ended            up       getting          pregnant      with   twins. I remember speaking       at        a          seminar,       and     for      some reason, I           felt     like     I           should           tell      that    story. I was  kind    of        nervous        because        I           didn’t usually          share intimate,      personal stories.          But     for whatever           reason,         I           did      share that    story  with   the     audience      and     tied    it         back   to        my presentation. Then  I           went  through        my      sales  close  as        usual.
When    I           looked           to        the     back   of        the     room, something   weird happened.   The     athletes        were still      there, but     now   there were  wives,            mothers,      and     families         buying           my      products,     too.    I thought,     How   interesting! I           shared           something   about my      family,           and     suddenly       there’s           a          new segment          of        the      audience      attracted      to        that    part    of        my      persona. This    new    audience      segment suddenly felt     they   could relate to        me,     so        they   had     enough         trust   to        purchase      from  me.     That had     never happened    before.
I   remember   another        time   when my      company      was    launching     a          product        called MicroContinuity.  Before           we      released the     product,       we      had     done  a          few     workshops   teaching the           system          to        people.         One    student,        Joy      Anderson, launched      a          very    successful MicroContinuity       program,      which is         still     successful    today.            When it         came time   to        launch the product,            I           decided        I           was    tired   of        telling            my      story, so        I           decided        to        tell      Joy’s   story  instead. So, we launched      the     product        and     sold    over   eight  thousand     units, grossing        over   a          million dollars        in        sales  in        just     two weeks.          A         few     months         later,  we      had     a          workshop     for      people          who had       bought          the     program.      I           remember being amazed         as        I           looked           out     over   the     audience      and saw        a          fifty/fifty      split    of        men   and     women.        Typically, my      workshops   are      about 90%    men, but      this     one     was    totally           different.      At        the     end,   we      surveyed      the     attendees    to find    out     why they      had     come to        the     workshop.   Almost          without         exception,   all       the     women         said,   “I         want  to be  Joy Anderson.”
I   kept   seeing           examples     of        this     trend;            the     people          who   related          to        my      stories           were  the ones       who bought          my      products.     So,      a          few     years  ago,    I           started          teaching       this     concept        of        the Attractive         Character.    The students       who   implemented          what  I’m      about to        teach you     here totally transformed           their   businesses.  All       of        the     major success         stories           from  any     of        our coaching           programs     got      results           by       building        huge  brands           and     platforms around          an       Attractive Character.
This        concept        can     mean the     difference    between       making          one     thousand     dollars           a          month and  making          one hundred       thousand     a          month.          How   attractive     are      you?  How   interesting   are you?       Why   would            someone      tune   in        to watch a          TV       special           about your   story?            You     might be thinking, But     I’m      not     that    interesting.  I           promise        that    I           didn’t feel     very    interesting   when I first  started          out     either.           But     if         you     find    ways  to        share your   backstory,    you     can     make it compelling, and     people          will     follow            you     because        of        a          personal       connection.
There    are      three components           to        creating        an       Attractive     Character:
•           Elements
•           Identity
•           Storylines
You        need  each   of        these components           to        round out     a          character     people          will     like     and follow.  In        the     upcoming chapters,      we      will     discuss          how   to        introduce     the     facets of        your Attractive       Character     to        your   audience,     but     for      now, you     need  to        focus on       building        out     your own     Attractive     Character     profile.          We’re going to        go       through        that    process in        detail right now.
THE FOUR ELEMENTS OF THE ATTRACTIVE CHARACTER
1.         Backstory.   Every good  Attractive     Character     has     to        have   a          backstory.    It’s      essential       if you want  results.          If         you turned           on       the     TV       and     saw    Jared  sitting            there eating            a          sub,    what would your   reaction        be?     You’d probably       think something   like,    Who’s            that    annoying      skinny guy   just     sitting            there  eating           subs   all       day?   Without        knowing       his backstory     of        amazing weight     loss,   you     would            be       unable           to        relate to        him.   He’d   just     be       a          dude  eating            subs.
But         if         you     see     Jared’s          backstory—pictures         of        him    at        425     pounds         and     190     pounds— and         then   see     him eating            subs,  it’s      a          whole            different       story. You     might think, I’m      just     like     he was.         If         he       can     lose    all       that weight           just     by       eating           subs,  maybe           I           can     too.    I           want  to        be       where he      is.        Do      you     see     the     difference in        a          potential      customer’s  reaction?
You        share your   backstory     because        you     want  people          to        see     where            you     came from. If they           can     relate to where            you     came from, then   they   will     want  to        follow            you     to        where            you are         now.  If         they   don’t  see     the backstory,    potential      customers    won’t follow            you     or        listen to you.          You’ll seem untouchable;          you     won’t seem real    to        them. However,     if         they   see     that    you were      once  in        a          similar           situation,      then   they   instantly       identify         with   you     and     will follow            you. Your     story  has     provided      a          hook. You     can     then   lay      out     the     path,  and     they   will     want  to follow      that    path.
The        key     is         that    the     story  has     to        relate to        the     product        you’re           selling            somehow.    If         you’re selling          a weight-loss  product,       you     want  to        talk     about a          weight-loss  backstory.    If         you’re selling          investing      advice,          you     want  a financial       backstory.    Does  that    make sense?
Now,     if         you     don’t  have   a          backstory     that    relates           to        your   product,       that’s okay.  You     can find        someone      else’s backstory     and     use     that    instead.        This    is         what  I           did      when I           shared           Joy Anderson’s       story  and     suddenly      became attractive     to        female          buyers.          Your   students,      your case     studies,         your   successful    clients—those        are      all       resources     for relatable      backstories  and Attractive        Characters.  The     owner           of        Subway         wasn’t           the     guy     on       TV       eating            subs   all the time,      right? It         was    Jared. He       was    the     chain’s          success         story, so        he       became        its       Attractive Character.       Your Attractive     Character     does   not     have   to        be       you,    but     a          backstory     is         essential.
2. Attractive    Characters   Speak            in        Parables.      Parables       are      little   stories,          easy   to remember,         that    illustrate       a relevant        point. If         you’ve           been  following      me      for      a          while, you know     I           tell      lots     of        stories,          or        parables.
For         example,      when I           taught           my      Expert           Secrets          course,          I           needed         a          way    to        show  people that they can     make money          with   any     of        their   talents           or        skills. So       I           shared           the     story, or parable,   about the     first    product I           created:        a          DVD   about how   to        make potato           guns.  Now, there  is         a          lot       to        that    story  that    I           won’t cover here in        this     book, but     it         illustrates     the     fact     that you        can     create            and     make money          selling            your   experience  or expertise      in        almost           anything.
I   have   other parables       that    I           use     to        teach the     core   principles     that    I           want  and     need  my customers        to        understand. Think about other teachers       you’ve           had     in        the     past,  those who   had a great  impact          on       your   life.     My      guess is         that    if they   had     a          lasting           impact          on       you,    it’s because they   taught           you     by       using  amusing       and     memorable stories.
A parable         is         a          story  about something   that    happened    in        your   Attractive     Character’s  life. Most     people          let       life      pass them  by,      and     they   don’t  stop   to        take   note   of        the     interesting   things that   happen         to        them. But     you’re           different.      You have   the     ability            to        use     the     things that happen            throughout  your   life      to        teach and     inspire           others—as   well    as        sell products.
Here      is         another        example       of        a          parable         I           use     almost           every time   I           sell     something.  My college   wrestling coach’s         name was    Mark  Schultz.         I           had     just     moved          into    the     dorms           and gone      to        my      first    practice        where I           had     an       awesome     time   meeting        my      teammates  and     the coaches.           That   night, there was    a          knock on       my      door. When I           opened         it,        there stood Coach Schultz.        He       had     brought        me      a          videotape    of        his      own   wrestling      footage.        I thought        that    was pretty   cool,   but     before           he       left,    he       asked me      for      my      wallet.           When I           gave   it         to        him,   he opened         it,        took   all       of        my      money          out,    and     handed         me      back   an       empty           wallet.           I           was    kind  of confused, but     too     nervous        to        say      anything.      He       then   told    me,     “Russell,       if         I           gave   you     that tape      for      free,   you’d never watch it.        But     because        you’ve           paid   for      it         now,  you     made an investment.       Now   I           know you’re           going to        watch it         and learn  from  it.”      And    he       was    right. Because        I           had     made that    investment, I           did      watch the     tape   over   and     over   again, and I became      a          better            wrestler        because        of        it.        That’s the     day     I           learned         the     power           of        investment.
Now,     I           share that    parable         almost           anytime        I’m      going to        ask      somebody   to        make an investment        with   me. Because        I           know the     potential      customer     wants success,        but     I           know they   can’t  have   it         unless            they   make that investment. Do      you     see     how   sharing          a          parable, like            the     one     about Coach            Shultz,           is         MORE            powerful      than just     telling            someone      he       needs to make        a          personal       investment?
Look      through        your   life,     and     I           promise        that    you’ll start   finding          these little   parables       that can        help   illustrate important    points.           You     can     also    draw  parables       from  the     lives   of        others. Just know that    when you     stop   teaching       facts   and start   teaching       through        parables,      your messages       will     stay    with   an       audience      longer.
3.                  Attractive    Characters   Share Their  Character    Flaws.           This    next   element        is         one that       most  people          really struggle            with   sharing,        but     it’s      one     of        the     most  important    ones   to share        because        it         makes           you     relatable      and     real.            You     need  to        understand that    every believable,   three-dimensional            Attractive     Character     has     flaws. Think about your   favorite characters   in        movies,         books,           or        TV       shows.          Every character     that    you     bond  with   emotionally has     flaws, right? One    of            my      favorite         examples     is         Superman.   He’s   the     Man   of        Steel. He’s invincible.      Nobody         can     kill      him.   As       a            storyline,      it’s      not     very    exciting.        But     when you introduce         Kryptonite   and     his      concern        for      the     welfare         of        his            family,           suddenly      he       has vulnerabilities and     flaws—he    becomes      an       interesting   character     that    people          care    about.
No          one     wants to        hear   about the     perfect          person—because  you     can’t  relate.           Yet      most  of us  try       to        put     on       a perfect          facade           for      our     audiences,   thereby         alienating     the     real    men   and women we      are      trying to        reach.            Conversely, as        soon  as        the     audience      knows           you’re           not perfect, that    you     have   character     flaws, then   they   will     start   to        empathize with   you.    They’ll like   you     more because        you     are      like     them: not     perfect.
4.                  Attractive    Characters   Harness        the     Power           of        Polarity.       Another        challenge     people face when communicating      with            an       audience      is         trying not     to        offend           anyone.        So,      instead          of being        a          relatable      person,         speakers            become        bland and     stay    neutral          on       many topics,           only sharing safe    things everyone      will     love.
Here’s   the     problem.      While that    sounds          like     the     logical           thing  to        do—   appeasing everyone—the          problem       is         that being neutral          is         boring.          When an       Attractive     Character     tries to          win     the     votes of        everyone,    they   end     up       reaching no       one.
Instead, Attractive     Characters   are      typically        very    polarizing.    They   share their   opinions on hard   matters,       and     they   stick   to        their guns—no     matter          how   many people          disagree       with them.   They   draw  a          line     in        the     sand.  And    when they   take   a          stand for      what  they   believe          in, they         split    the     audience      into    three camps:          those who   agree with   them, those who   are neutral, and those who   will     disagree       with   them. As       you     start   to        create            that    polarization,           it will change          your   “fair   weather        fans” into    diehard         fans    who   will     follow            what  you     say,    share your   message,      and     buy     from  you     over   and     over   again.
One        of        the     best    examples     of        this     concept        is         Howard        Stern. He’s   very    polarizing. People either love    him    or        they hate   him.   Yet,    as        you     can     see     from  his      following      on       Sirius radio  and     his      role    on       America’s     Got     Talent,          people are      listening.      Think about the     podcasts you          listen to.       Think about the     blogs  and     books you     read.  Do      the     Attractive     Characters you have      bonded         with   and     follow            have   a          polarizing     effect on       you?  Are     there people          you     still follow    and     listen to—even   though          you     can’t  stand them  or        their   messages?   It’s      very interesting     that    we      will     spend as        much time   listening       to, talking           about,           and     sharing          things from people          that    we      despise         as        we      do       treasuring    the     wisdom         from  our favorite         people.         Yet, if any     of        those characters   weren’t         so        polarizing,    chances        are      you     wouldn’t      even  know who they were.
Being     polarizing     is         kind    of        scary  sometimes. It         is         scary  knowing       that    once  you     start sharing           your   opinions,      there will     probably       be       a          group of        people          who   disagree       with   you     and will         voice  their   opinions       online.           If         you search           for      me      online,           you’re           going to        find    out     there are      people          who   love    me      and     people          who   hate   me. That’s just     the     way    it         is.        If         you’re neutral,       no       one     will     hate   you,    but     no       one     will     know who   you     are      either. As       soon  as        you start       taking            sides  on       important    issues,           you’ll develop        haters,          but     you’ll also    develop        a group of        raving            fans.   Those raving            fans    are      the     people          who   will     buy     your   products       and services.
If nobody’s      talking           about you,    then   nobody         knows           who   you     are.    It’s      time   to        step    out of that    neutral          space and start   sharing          your   opinions.      Bring  the     things you     care    about into the         open.
IDENTITY OF AN ATTRACTIVE CHARACTER
Your   Attractive     Character     will     typically        take   on       one     of        the     following      types of        identities. You        get      to        pick    which one you     want  to        be,      and     once  we      go       over   the     choices,        the     right   one will         probably       jump  out     at        you.    When you     get your   identity         together,      it’s      going to        shape how   you     communicate         and     interact         with   your   audience.
The        Leader:         The     identity         of        the     leader            is         usually          assumed       by       people          whose           goal    is         to lead their   audiences    from  one     place  to        another.       Most  leaders          have   a          similar           backstory     to that           of        their   audiences    and, therefore,    know the     hurdles         and     pitfalls           the     audience      members will         likely  face    on       the     journey         to        get      ultimate results.          Usually          the     desired         result has already  been  achieved      by       the     leader,          and     his      audience      has     come looking for      help   along that same    path.  I           am      sure   that    there are      leaders          you     follow            in        different       aspects         of        your   life, and this        may    be       the     role    that    will     be       the     most  comfortable            for      you     when communicating      with your     audience.
The        Adventurer or        Crusader:     The     adventurer  is         usually          someone      who   is         very curious,           but     he       doesn’t always           have   all       of        the     answers.       So       he       sets    out     on       a          journey         to discover  the     ultimate       truth. He       brings back   treasures      from  his      journey         and     shares           them with    his      audience.     This    identity         is         very    similar           to        the leader,          but     instead          of        leading          his audience           on       a          journey         to        find    the     result,            he       is         more likely  to bring  back   the     answers        to        give them.
The        Reporter      or        Evangelist:  This    identity         is         often one     that    people          use     when they have     not     yet      blazed           a trail    to        share with   an       audience,     but     have   a          desire            to.       So       they   put     on the           hat      of        the     reporter       or evangelist    and     go       out     to        discover        the     truth. Typically,      people          who use        this     identity         interview     dozens,         hundreds, or        even  thousands    of        people          and     share those interviews,  and     all       they’ve         learned         along the     way,   with   their   audience.
This        is         the     identity         I           used   when I           got      started.         I           didn’t know a          lot       about marketing online   myself,          so I           started          interviewing            people.         I           became        a          reporter,      just     like     Larry  King    or Oprah.     Because        I           started interviewing            all       these cool    people          and     sharing          their   stories           and lessons, I           started          building        an       audience      of my      own.  People          kept   seeing           me      with   these other high-profile people,         and     over   time,  I           became        associated   with   them. My      status went  up because  I           was    constantly    in        the     company      of        high-status  people.         The     knowledge   and credibility        I gained           from  being a          reporter       naturally       evolved         into    my      coaching       career. Becoming  a          reporter       is         a          great  way to        start   a          business       in        a          niche you     don’t  know much about.
The     Reluctant     Hero: This    is         my      personal       identity         now,  and     typically        the      one     that    I
try       to        share with   my      audiences.   This    is         the     humble         hero   who   doesn’t         really want  the spotlight           or        any     fuss    made over   his      discoveries. But     he       knows           the     information or        the secrets  he       has     are      so        important    that    he       must  overcome his      shyness         and     share them  with   the world.    There’s          a          moral duty   that    compels        him    to        share all       he       knows.          Many of        you     may    feel this        way    naturally.     The     spotlight       is         uncomfortable,      but     you     know you     need  to        be       there. If that’s you,    the     reluctant      hero   is         the     perfect          identity         for      you.    Play    the     part.
Leader, adventurer, reporter,      or        reluctant      hero:  You     probably       identify         strongly        with one       of        these four    archetypes. Determine   which type   is         a          good  fit        and     build  out     your Attractive       Character     using  the     traits  for      that    identity.        If you’re           an       adventurer, tell      stories           of adventure.         If         you’re           a          leader,          tell      stories           about where            you’ve been  and     where            you     are going.     If         you’ve           chosen          the     right   identity         for      you,    it         should           be       fairly  easy   to take   on       that role.      If         you’re           struggling     to        create            your   AC,     perhaps        you     should           take   another        look    at        your identity.
ATTRACTIVE CHARACTER STORYLINES
Stories           are      a          great  way    to        communicate         with   your   audience.     And    there are      six       basic storylines      that    businesses   use over   and     over   again in        emails,          sales  letters,          landing          pages, and   other communications.  We     use     them  because        they   work. Each   one     is         crafted          for      a specific      purpose.       Once  you     learn  how   to        utilize these storylines,    you     will     see     for      yourself how    powerful      they   are      and     want  to        use     them  over   and     over   in        different       ways. Let’s   go       over the        basic  plot    structure of        each   one.
Loss       and    Redemption:          “I         had     everything.  I           was    on       top     of        the     world.           Life     was    great. Then  _ happened.   I           had     to        figure my      way    out     of        __.        But     it turned       out     to        be       a          blessing        in disguise        because        I           went  through        __,           and     I learned/received _.        Now   I           _.”
Loss       and     redemption stories           are      very    powerful      because        they   show  the     upside           of        going through        hardship       or meeting        challenges.  If         you     have   your   own   loss     and     redemption story, great!            If         not,    you     can     always           borrow          one from  one     of        your   followers      or        even  from  the mainstream     media            or        a          movie            you     like.
Us           vs.      Them:           You     want  to        use     us        vs.       them  stories           to        polarize        your   audience. Remember      the     power of        polarity?       Using these types of        stories           will     draw  your   raving            fans even     closer and     give    them  a          rallying          cry against          the     outsiders.     I           often call     out     the     “talkers vs.  the     do-ers”         on       my      list.     I           want  people          to        make a choice           about who   they   are,    because        if they’re      with   me,     then   they   will     be       do-ers,          continuing   to        ascend          with   me.
Before  and    After: “First I           was    __. Now   I’m      _.”
These    are      stories           of        transformation,     and     they   work  great  in        any     market.         For      example, in the     weight-loss  market, you     might say,    “First I           was    fat.     Then  I           tried   Program       X.        Now I’m       skinny.”        Or,      try       this     with   the     dating market:         “First I           was    lonely and     unattractive.           Then I            got      Program       Y.        Now,  I’ve     got      chicks all       over   me.”  Here  is a          transformation      for      the making-money           market:         “First I           was    dirt     poor, living  in        a          box     under a          bridge.          Then I           tried Product          Z.         Now,  I           have   a          mansion       in        Beverly         Hills.”
These    stories           are      pretty            self-explanatory    and     simple           to        write. In        fact,   you     can     often tell the          whole            story with   just     pictures.       But     don’t  let       the     simplicity     fool    you.    These stories           are powerful           motivators, and     you     should           use them  often.
Amazing           Discovery:   “Oh    my      gosh,  you     guys   …         wait   til        you     hear   about this     amazing new          thing  I           just     discovered! You’re           not     going to        believe          it,        but     I           hit       it         out     of        the     park   on my            first    try!     I           wasn’t           sure   it would            work, but     it’s      amazing.      You’ve           got      to        try       it!”      These stories          are      huge  for      selling            webinars      and teleseminars           because        they   help   people          believe that the     answer          they   have   been  searching     for      is         finally available       to them.
Secret   Telling:         “I’ve   got      a          secret            …         if         you     want  to        find    out     what  it         is,        you     need  to        do _.” This    is         my      favorite         type   of        storyline.      My      whole            company,     DotComSecrets, is built   around          “secret”        storylines.    The lure    of        secrets          draws the     reader           into    your   funnel and   up       your   Value Ladder.
Third-Person  Testimonial:           Sharing         other people’s       successes     with   your   products       and programs         provides       powerful      social proof.            Get     as        many third-person           testimonials            from  your customers,    clients,          and     students       as        you     can.    Then sprinkle         them  liberally        throughout  your stories.            Or       use     them  as        stand-alone stories           and     case   studies.
Let’s      Review:        It’s      time   to        get      started          creating        your   Attractive     Character.    When I           say “create,”           I           don’t  mean “make           it         up.”    I           mean to        zero   in        on       a          story  and     personality  you     or one           of        your   clients           has.    It’s      real. Start   assembling  your   identity,        your   stories,          your   flaws, and    your   line     in        the     sand.  Most  entrepreneurs        never think  about this vital    communication tool.       And    even  if         they   do,      they   don’t  put     in        the     time   and     effort to        do       a          good  job      creating a believable persona.       Like    I           said    before,          creating        your   Attractive     Character     can     mean the difference        between       making one     thousand     dollars           a          month           and     one     hundred       thousand.
Up          Next: Now   that    you     understand the     strategy        behind          the     Attractive     Character,    let’s shift      the     focus back   to        how we      can     use     this     tool    to        communicate         with   your   audience      and help       them  to        ascend          your   Value Ladder          naturally.
SECRET  #7:
THE SOAP OPERA SEQUENCE

When somebody   joins   your   list      for      the     first    time,  it’s      essential       that    you     quickly          build  a bond          between       them  and     the Attractive     Character.    The     way    you     introduce     your   character can         mean the     difference    between       a          subscriber    opening        your emails           consistently or        hitting the    delete            key.    For      years  I           tried   dozens          of        ways  to        build  a          quick  relationship with people after            they   joined            my      list,     but     I           always           struggled      until   I           learned         a          concept        called the     Soap Opera Sequence     from  one     of        my      friends,         Andre Chaperon.
If you’ve           never watched       a          soap   opera before,          the     stories           rely     on       open-ended,           highdrama   episodes       that    hook the     viewers         in        and     keep  them  coming          back   every single day     to find           out     what  happens       next.  The     programs     are continuous  narratives    that    never conclude. The         characters   are      always           either getting          into    trouble          or        getting          out     of trouble,        falling in love           or        breaking       up,      heading        to        jail      or        escaping,      dying or        magically      re-appearing.         If         you relate to        the     characters,  you     can’t  help   but     get      sucked          into    the     drama           and     want  to        know what’s           coming          next.
We’re    going to        use     the     same  story  structure      and     elements      to        create            your   opening        email sequence.    The     goal    is to        create            an       instant          bond  between       your   Attractive     Character     and     the person   reading         the     email.            If         your   first email is         boring,          you’re           done. They   probably       won’t open  the     next   one.   But     if         you     give    them  something   interesting   and hook  them  with   an       open storyline        in        the     first    email,            then   they   will     look    forward        to        the     next   one,   and     the     next, and the         next.
In your   Soap  Opera            Sequence,    you’re           going to        introduce     your   Attractive     Character and        build  up       an       open-ended dramatic      story  that    draws the     reader           in.       There are      a          few different          ways  you     can     do       this.    For      example,      I’ve     seen sequences   that    Andre has     built   out that        have   forty  or        fifty    emails!          I’ve     never had     the     time   or        patience       to        be       able to        do       that,   so instead    I           built   out     a          simple,          five-day        Soap  Opera            Sequence     that    I           send   out     when someone joins   my      list.     The     key     to        making          this     sequence     work  (just   like     a          soap   opera)           is         you     have   to open         and     close loops that    will     drag   your   reader           from  one     email to        the     next.
For         example,      I           may    tell      readers         in        the     first    email that    I           discovered   the     secret            to        getting rid    of        their nerve pain   forever          without         expensive    pain   medications or        side    effects           …         but instead  of        telling            them  all       the details,          I           merely          open  that    loop   and     tell      them  I’ll       give    them the      secret            tomorrow.   Then, in        the     second         email, I           will     give    them  the     secret,           but     then   I           open a           new    loop   that    pulls   them  into    email number        three.
I’m         sure   you’ve           seen   directors      do       this     on       soap   operas           or        reality            shows.          The     tactic pulls   you     from commercial break to        commercial break,            from  episode         to        episode.       You     see     it every         day     on       TV;      now   it’s      your   turn to        become        a          master          at        it         with   email.
Let          me      walk   you     through        the     five-email     Soap  Opera            Sequence     that    readers         get      when they   join     my      lists.   It’s simple,          and     it         works to        build  a          relationship with   the     Attractive Character        fast.   In        this     example,      someone      just joined            my      list      by       filling out     a          form  on       a squeeze     page  requesting   more information about becoming     an       “Expert,”      and the     product I’m going to        be       selling            them  in        this     series is         called “Expert         Secrets.”
Email     #1:      Set      the     Stage.            This    is         the     first    email,            a          thank you     note,  that    people          receive the  minute          they sign    up       for      your   list.     It         sets    the     stage for      the     emails           to        come and     lets people  know what  to        expect.          Are     you going to        email them  once  a          day,    twice a          day,    or        once a           week?           For      this     first    sequence,    I           recommend once  a day     for      the     best    results.
Here’s   an       Example:
Subject:           [DCS] Ch.      1          of        5
Body:   Hey,   this     is         Russell,         and     I           want  to        “officially”   welcome      you     to        my      world.
About   ten     years  ago,    I           started          my      first    online            business       while I           was    in        college (selling       potato           gun  DVDs),           and     this     little   hobby            became        my      obsession.
I started          selling            all       sorts  of        things online            and     have   become        a          student         of marketing.
My        other businesses   are      where            I           test    and     try       stuff   out… DotComSecrets      is         where            I           share what  I’ve  learned.
My        goal    is         always           to        give    away  better            stuff   for      FREE  than   what  other people charge        for.
In           fact,   tomorrow    I’m      gonna            do       just     that.   Yes,    I’m      going to        let       you     go       through one            of        my      BEST  products       for      free—and    then   ONLY pay     me      if         you     think  it’s worth     it…      BUT    only    if         you     open  the     email when it  comes           …
Yes,       you     heard me      right…
I want  our     relationship to        start   out     great…
So,         I’m      going to        WOW you     with   SO       much value that    you’ll feel     obligated      to buy           stuff   from  me      in        the     future  (just   kidding          …         kinda).
Sound  good?
Cool,     then   look    for      that    email tomorrow.
Thanks,
Russell “Your New   Marketing    Buddy”          Brunson
P.S.       The     subject          line     is         “[DCS]           Ch.      2          of        5:        The     day     my      education    failed me”    — so  look    for      it!
Email     #2:      Open with   High   Drama.         Okay, if         you     did      a          good  job      opening        a          loop   in email        number        one,   then the     reader           will     be       anxiously      waiting          for      your   next   email to        come in.       For      me,     this     is         where            the     story “selling”        process         begins.          I           learned         from  Daegan         Smith that   you     ALWAYS       start   any     good  story  at        the     point  of high    drama.          Most  people mistakenly start   their   stories           at        the     beginning,   but     usually          stories           don’t  get      good  until   the middle,         so        it’s      better            to        start   at        the     good  part,   and     then   you     can     go       back   and     fill       in        the backstory         after readers         are      hooked.
Backstory.       Once  you     have   their   attention      with   emotional    drama,          you’re           going to        go back         and     tell      them  the backstory.    Tell     them  the     events           that    led      up       to        the     high-drama moment.      How   in        the     world did      you     get      yourself into    such   a          predicament?         Typically,      your backstory       is         going to        take   you     back   to        a          similar           spot   the     readers may    be       in        now.  If         you’re helping        them  to        lose    weight,         you     take   them  back   to        when you     were  overweight. If you’re teaching     them  finances,      take   them  back   to        a          time   before           you     were  successful.   You     want  to bring         them  on       a personal       journey         with   you.
This        backstory     will     lead    up       to        a          spot   where            you     got      stuck  and     hit       a          wall.   Usually          this is where            the readers         are      in        their   lives   right   now.  They   are      stuck, and     that    is         why    they   are open      to        your   answers.       You     explain to        them  how   you     hit       that    wall    and     then   found the answer. But     don’t  give    them  the     answer          yet.     Just    open  the     loop,  and promise        to        close  it         in email        number        three.
Here’s   an       Example:
Subject:           [DCS] Ch.      2          of        5:        The     day     my      education    failed me.
Body:   “How did      I           get      here?”
I sat      in        the     middle          of        a          full      auditorium, feeling           a          little   confused      that    after everything,   it         would            all  end     here   …         like     this.
I had     been  blindly           following      the     status quo    for      fifteen           years, moving         towards one           goal,   only    to        find    out     the  whole            thing  was    a          lie       …
I looked           to        my      left     …         and     I           looked           to        my      right   …         and     I           saw    hundreds     of        others
in           the     same  situation       as        me.     Only   THEY  had     smiles            on       their   faces.
Didn’t   they   know what  was    about to        happen         to        us?
It            was    Saturday,     May   14th,  2005.
It            was    the     day     I           was    finally graduating   from  college,         the     day     my      parents         had told        me      about for      years.
“You     need  to        get      a          college          education    so        you     can     get      a          good  job.”
Sure,     tonight          there would            be       a          lot       of        celebrating  … But what  about the     next   morning?
That’s   when we      all       had     a          chance          to        meet  the     “Real  World.” And            as        we      quickly          found out,  it’s      not     very    nice    or        forgiving.
For        most  of        the     people          who   graduated    with   me,     IF         they   were  able    to        find    jobs, they     were  going into    entry-level  jobs    making          thirty to        forty  thousand     dollars           a year…
Barely  enough         to        cover the     monthly        payments     for      their   student         loans.
Loans   which,           by       the     way,   are      non-dismissible     …         EVEN if         you     declare bankruptcy.
The       chains            of        debt   and     a          job      market          that    can’t  pay     enough         to        cover the     costs of         our     education    is  what  we      each   inherited      when we      stepped        into    the     “Real World.”
So,         when I           looked           around          and     saw    them  all       smiling          on       graduation   day,    at        first I  was    confused      …
Not       for      me,     but     for      them  …
Because          for      me,     I           knew what  my      next   step    was.   Just    two    years  earlier,          I           had stumbled         on       a          cool    way  to        take   the     things I           was    good  at        in        my      life      and     turn those    things into    a          business.
This       was    a          business       that    had     made me      two    hundred       and     fifty    thousand dollars   my      senior            year   in        college  and     would            go       on       to        make me      over   a MILLION   dollars           within            just     one     year   of        graduation.
Would  you     like     to        know what  I           found out?   Are     you     interested    in        how   I           was able       to        get      my      idea    up       and  running         with   literally         no       money,         while I           was    going to        school,          wrestling,     and     spending      time   with   my      new  wife?
If            so,      then   look    for      my      email tomorrow.   I’m      gonna            show  you     the     epiphany      I had, but     more importantly,            I’m  going to        explain          how   you     can     use     it         to        get similar   results           in        your   life!
So,         look    for      tomorrow’s email.            The     subject          line     is         [DCS] Ch.      3          of        5:        Expert Secrets.
Thanks,
Russell “Wish I           Had    My      Tuition          Back” Brunson
P.S.       I           almost           forgot.           I           told    you     yesterday     that    I           was    going to        GIVE   you     my      best product           for      free  …
You       can     get      it         here   (but    please           don’t  share it         with   anyone         else)—this   is         for      my faithful   subscribers  only:
www.ExpertSecrets.com/freeaccess    <=       my      best    product
This       course           has     made more of        my      students       independently        wealthy        than anything         we’ve ever   done  in        the     past.  So       go       signup           for      the     training         now   and let’s       see     where            it         could take   you!
Talk       to        you     tomorrow!
Email     #3:      Epiphany.    Now   it’s      time   to        start   bringing        in        the     dawn.            You     have   an epiphany.           You     realize something   you     hadn’t           thought        of        before.          Maybe          it’s      something   that was       right   in        front  of        you     the     whole time.  It’s      the     moment       that    everything   turned           around          for you.         By       now   the     reader           is         so        hooked         in,       they want  to        know (and   hopefully      buy)   your solution.         Most  of        the     time,  your   epiphany      email will     lead    back   to        your   core offer— whatever  you’re           selling            that    solves            the     problem.
•           My          epiphany      was    I           needed         to        build  a          list,     and     that’s when I           learned about_.
•           I    had     to        get      a          support         system          to        help   me      get      over   my      addiction;    that’s when I found_.
•           I    had     to        address         the     emotional    roots  of        overeating,  and     that’s when I discovered_.
The        epiphany      ties     into    the     solution        you’re           selling.          If         you’re           selling            someone      else’s product,       it’s enough         to        say      your   epiphany      led      to        the     discovery     of        the     product.
Here’s   an       Example:
Subject:           [DCS] Ch.      3          of        5:        Expert           Secrets.
Body:   I           was    sitting            in        my      college          classroom.   doing the     math  and     trying to figure       out     howmuch    my      college  professor     was    making          per     hour.
I assumed       he       was    making          about fifty    thousand     dollars           per     year.  (My    estimate may         have   been  low     or        high;  I  have   no       idea.) If         he       was    working        forty-hour weeks, then   he       was    probably       making          about twenty-five  dollars           an  hour.
I then   looked           at        a          “how to”      book  I           had     bought          the     night  before.          I           had     paid   fifty dollars  for      the     book,  and     I           thought        it         was    awesome.
I knew the     person          who   wrote the     book  had     said    that    he       sells,  on       average,       one hundred           copies           of        that    book  per     day.    One    hundred       copies!
I was    doing the     math, and     at        fifty    dollars           per     book, he       was    making          about five thousand         dollars           per     day!   Or  $1,825,000  per     year!
But        the     craziest         part    is         the     guy     only    spent a          few     days   writing          the     book  (it        was 90%       pictures        and     just  10%    text),  and     when he       was    done, he       NEVER           had     to write        it         again. The     book  did      the     teaching       for      him!   He  was    able    to        create            it once           and     then   get      paid   for      it         over   and     over   again!
That’s   when I           realized         I           didn’t want  to        sell     my      knowledge   by       the     hour   like     my professor          was    doing …         I  wanted         to        sell     it         like     this     author!
And       so        that’s what  I           did      …
And       by       my      senior            year   in        college,         I           had     made about two    hundred       and     fifty thousand         dollars!
And       within            a          year   of        graduation, I           had     made over   a          million!
And       I           did      this     all       by       focusing        on       ONE   thing  … Selling       my      knowledge   the     right   way!
Would  you     like     to        know how   I           did      that?
If            so,      I           just     posted          a          video online            that    will     show  you     how   I           took   twenty          dollars and  a          simple  idea    and     turned           it         into    a          million-dollar-a-year        “how-to”      business.
I posted          the     video here:  www.ExpertSecrets.com/freeaccess Go       check it         out,    and     let       me      know what  you  think.
Thanks,
Russell Brunson
P.S.       Tomorrow   I           want  to        show  you     a          few     hidden          benefits        that    being an “expert” will     give    you,    benefits        you  probably       don’t  even  know exist.  Look   for that         email tomorrow!
Email     #4:      Hidden          Benefits.      In        this     email,            you     want  to        point  out     benefits        the     reader           is getting      by knowing       you     and     following      your   plan   or        by       using  your   product.       You     want  to focus        on       benefits        that    probably       aren’t as        obvious.       This    gives  you     another        reason           to        email them, and     it         gives  the     prospect       another        chance          to        build an       even  stronger       bond  with   the Attractive         Character.    This    email will     point  out     the     hidden          benefits        they   may    not     have thought         about before.
Sure,      you’re            going to        make more  money—but            you     also    get      more  freedom       to        travel.
Sure,      you’re           going to        lose    weight—but            you’ll also    live     long    enough         to        enjoy your grandchildren.
Sure,      you’re            going to        be       able    to        work  from   home—but  did      you     realize           you’ll be       able    to take          vacations            whenever     you     want?
Often,   it’s      the     hidden          benefits        that    really grab   the     reader           and     move them  to        take action. So,      you     want  to        come up       with   parables       (stories)        that    demonstrate           those hidden benefits.    Show them  how   you     can     take   time   off      whenever    you want, and     explain          how   that makes  you     feel.   When the     reader           thinks,           Man,  I           want  that    for      myself!          That’s when they click    the     link     and     buy     your   products.
Here’s   an       Example:
Subject:           [DCS] Ch.      4          of        5:        The     Hidden          Benefits.
Body:   When I           first    became        an       “Expert”,      I           was    concerned   because        I           didn’t have  any     credentials, degrees        or  anything…
I just     knew that    what  I           showed         people          worked         and     I           wanted         to        share it.
But        what  caught           me      off-guard      was    how   helping         people          get      what  they   want  in life actually         changed       the  quality           of        my      own   life.
Sure,     I           started          to        make a          lot       of        money,         BUT… more importantly,            each   person I        helped          opened         up  new    doors for      me.     Through        my      “Expert”       business,      I’ve been      able    to        travel around          the     world and     meet  cool  people          like     Tony  Robbins and            Richard         Branson…
But        the     REAL  hidden          benefit          has     been  the     fulfillment    I           get      when I           see someone          else    change          his      or  her     life.     And    that    is         what  this     business       really is about        for      me,     I’m      guessing       if         you’re           here,  then   it’s  probably       the     same  thing  for you          too—am       I           right?
If            so,      then   you     NEED to        signup           for      my      Expert           Secrets          course.          Normally      I charge        $3,000           to  attend,          but     I           am      going to        do       two    cool    things for      you:
I’m        giving you     a          HUGE 90%    discount You’re     ONLY gonna            pay     if         you     like     it!
Yes,       that’s right—you   get      to        come signup,          attend,          get      all       of        my      best    ideas— and then   IF         (and   only    if)        you  love    it,        will     you     pay.
And       if         you     don’t  like     it         for      any     reason—then         you’re           getting          it         for      free.
Does     that    sound            more than   fair?
Cool—then    go       get      your   ticket for      our     upcoming     event (it’s     happening   this Thursday)        here:
www.ExpertSecrets.com/freeaccess
Thanks,
Russell Brunson
Email     #5:      Urgency       and    CTA.   This    is         usually          the     last     email in        my      Soap  Opera Sequence.  It’s      NOT   the     last     email I           send   people,         it’s      just     the     end     of        my      introduction.          The goal       is         to        give    the     reader           one     last     push   to go       take   action            right   now.  You     do       that    by       adding urgency      into    the     equation      and     then   using  a          call     to        action (CTA). Up      to        now,  you’ve           been casually          using  CTAs, but     in        this     last     email,            you     want  to        light   a          little   fire     under readers. What        legitimate    reasons         can     you     come up       with   that    would            make them  need  to        take   action right away?
•           Your        webinar        starts tomorrow.
•           You         only    have   ten     seats  left     at        your   event.
•           You         only    ordered        one     thousand     books,           and     most  of        them  are      gone.
•           You’re    pulling           the     video offline.
Whatever        the     reason,         it         needs to        be       real.   Fake   urgency        will     backfire        on       you,    and you’ll     lose    all       credibility. Just    think  of        a          reason           why    you     might “run   out”   of        whatever you’re    selling.          If         it’s      an       evergreen    product,       then create            a          special           sale    that    ends   soon. Or give          readers         a          coupon         that    expires          in        twenty-four hours.            Be creative!       There’s          always           some way    to        create            real    urgency.
Here’s   an       Example:
Subject:           [DCS] Ch.      5          of        5:        Last    Call.
Body:   I’ve     been  talking           about my      “Expert         Secrets”        class   this     week, and     how you       can     get      a          ticket for      free…
But        that    special           offer  is         going away  TODAY…
Yes,       if         you     read   this     email tomorrow,   then   I           apologize,    because        it         will     be       too late.        If         you     take   this     class  later,  you’ll have   to        pay
AT         LEAST $300, but     I           might put     it         back   to        its       full      ticket price  of        $3,000           by       then as          well    (haven’t  decided        yet).
But—if you     want  to        take   me      up       on       my      “try    before           you     buy”   offer, and     go through  the     entire 51/4   hour   training  BEFORE         you     spend a          dime…
Then     go       get      your   ticket ASAP  here:  www.ExpertSecrets.com/freeaccess
You’ve been  warned         -           I           don’t  want  any     emails           tomorrow    saying            I           didn’t warn you.    
So,         go       get      your   ticket,            and     I’ll       see     you     on       the     training.
Thanks,
Russell Brunson
THAT’SHOW      THE  SOAP         OPERA      SEQUENCE         WORKS:
Email #1       pulls   the     reader           to        Email #2       … Email         #2       pulls   the     reader           to        Email    #3       … And            so        on.
The        emails           themselves  should           be       easy   to        read   and     fast     to        scan.  So,      use     one     or        two sentences        per     line. Add    in        lots     of        white space.            Do      not     use     long    paragraphs  that    slow people down.            I           like     to        write  out     the     basic structure      elements      first.   Then  I           fill       in        the     juicy details and     emotional    hooks.
You        probably       noticed         a          couple           of        other things in        the     example       emails.          First,  I           use     loads of        personality. This    is         the     reader’s        introduction            to        my      Attractive     Character;    I           want  people to     bond  with   me      and     be      entertained. I           don’t  try       to        hide   who   I           am.     And    along those same lines,  you     may    have   noticed         some grammatical           errors.           Why didn’t I           fix       them?           Remember, your   Attractive     Character     needs flaws  so        people          can     relate.           That   goes   for      your emails,          too. I’m         not     telling            you     to        put     errors in        on       purpose,       but     if         they   happen,        don’t  freak  out.    And please don’t  let       fear    of        making          a          mistake         keep  you     from  sending         out     the     emails           at        all.
If you     follow            the     Soap  Opera            Sequence     style,  you’re           going to        be       amazed         by       how much   more successful    you are—early    on       and     as        long    as        you     continue       to        send   emails           to your          list.     To       make it         easy   for      you     to        get the     hang  of        this,    I’ve     created         a          special           Soap  Opera Email            Template     you     can     download    and     use     over   and     over again. By       using  this     template, you’ll     never forget            any     of        the     major elements,     and     you’ll save   a          ton     of        time   when writing emails.
To          download:   Go      to        www.DotComSecretsBook.com/resources/soaptemplates
Up          Next: So,      you’ve           got      your   Soap  Opera            Sequence     set      up.      Now   what?            How   should your Attractive     Character communicate         with   your   list      going forward?
I’m         glad    you     asked!           You’re           going to        use     what  I           call     Seinfeld        emails.          That’s the     next secret!
SECRET  #8:
DAILY SEINFELD SEQUENCE

RUSSELL           (an      NBC    executive):   So,      what  have   you     two    come up       with?
JERRY:   Well,  we’ve thought        about this     in        a          variety          of        ways. But     the      basic  idea    is         I           will play        myself.
GEORGE:         (Interrupting)         May   I?
JERRY:   Go      ahead.
GEORGE:         I           think  I           can     sum    up       the      show  for      you     with   one     word: NOTHING.
RUSSELL:          Nothing?
GEORGE:         (Smiling)       Nothing.
RUSSELL:          (Unimpressed)        What does   that    mean?
GEORGE:         The     show  is         about nothing.        JERRY:           (To      George)        Well,  it’s      not     about nothing.
GEORGE:         (To      Jerry) No,     it’s      about nothing.
JERRY:   Well,  maybe           in        philosophy.  But,    even   nothing         is         something.  (Jerry and     George glare           at        each   other. The            receptionist enters.)
SUSAN: What’s          the      premise?
JERRY:   Well,  as        I           was    saying,          I           would            play    myself,          and     as        a          comedian     living  in        New York,    I           have            a          friend,           a          neighbor,     and     an       ex-girlfriend,           which is         all       true.
GEORGE:         Yeah, but     nothing         happens       on       the      show. You     see,    it’s      just     like     life.     You know,    you     eat;    you     go            shopping;     you     read   …         You     eat;    you     read.  You     go       shopping.
RUSSELL:          You     read? You     read   on       the      show?
JERRY:   Well,  I           don’t  know about the      reading.        We     didn’t discuss          the      reading.
RUSSELL:          All       right, tell      me.     Tell     me      about the      stories.          What kind    of        stories?
GEORGE:         Oh,     no.      No      stories.
RUSSELL:          No      stories?         So,      what  is         it?
GEORGE:         (Showing      an       example)      What’d         you     do       today?
RUSSELL:          I           got     up       and     came to        work.
GEORGE:         There’s          a          show. That’s            a          show.
RUSSELL:          (Confused)   How   is         that    a          show?
JERRY:   Well,  uh,      maybe           something   happens       on       the      way    to        work.
GEORGE:         No,     no,      no.      Nothing        happens.
JERRY:   Well,  something   happens.
RUSSELL:          Well,  why    am      I           watching      it?
GEORGE:         Because        it’s      on       TV.
RUSSELL:          (Threatening)         Not     yet.
GEORGE:         Okay, uh,      look,   if         you     want  to        just     keep   on       doing the      same old      thing, then maybe this     idea    is         not     for            you.    I,          for      one,    am      not     going to        compromise            my      artistic          integrity. And         I’ll       tell      you     something   else.   This            is         the      show, and     we’re not     going to        change          it.        (To Jerry)      Right?
Yes,    that    was    the     dialog from  one     of        my      all-time         favorite         TV       shows,          Seinfeld.       This    was    the episode when George and     Jerry  were  trying to        pitch  their   idea    to        NBC    about starting         a show          about nothing.        It         was    funny because        the     show Seinfeld        actually         was    a          show  about nothing.
When    I           first    started          growing        my      list,     I           really struggled      to        send   emails.          What did      I           have to         say      that was    important    enough         that    people          would            want  to        open  and     read   it?       So       I           started focusing    on       writing          great, content-packed     emails           that    often took   days   to        write. I           thought that           was    the     answer.         But     I           later   discovered   that after  someone      had     gone  through        my      Soap Opera Sequence     and     bonded         with   the     Attractive     Character,    content         wasn’t what  they responded     to.       What the     readers         responded   to        was    …         well,   nothing.        
My         emails           switched      from  100% content         to        90%    entertainment       and     just     10%    content,
and     my      readership,  opens,           clicks, and     sales  all       skyrocketed with   the     change.
You        want  your   Attractive     Character     to        be       fun     and     entertaining.           That’s how   you’re going            to        write  your   daily Seinfeld        emails.          That’s right; I           recommend sending         them  _daily _after    your   initial Soap  Opera            Sequence     is         finished.
I   know a          LOT    of        people          get      VERY  nervous        about how   often they   email their   lists.   I used to        feel     that    way,   too.    I used   to        email once  a          month,          and     my      response      rates  were horrible.        So       then   I           started          emailing       twice a month.          And    guess what?            I           more than   doubled my income.
Then      I           decided        to        email once  a          week, then   twice, then   every other day,    and     what  I’ve found    now   is         that    if         I don’t  email my      list      every day,    I           lose    money          every day.    I           strongly recommend       emailing       every day,    and     if         you     do it         with   the     “Seinfeld      style” I’m      going to show        you     now,  readers         won’t get      annoyed       because        they   will     be       so entertained.
The        secret            to        keeping         your   subscribers  happy            to        hear   from  you     every day     is         using  the Seinfeld format.         Be entertaining.           Just    talk     about your   day.
•           What’s   going on       in        your   Attractive     Character’s  life?
•           What      happened    that’s embarrassing?
•           How        are      you     getting          through        the     holiday          season?
•           Where   are      you     planning       your   vacation       this     year?
•           What      did      you     buy     recently        that    you     regret?
•           What      did      you     buy     recently        that    you     just     adore?
•           What      made you     scream          with   rage   yesterday,    that    you’re           laughing       about today?
•           What      crazy  antics did      your   kid      or        your   dog     get      into    yesterday?
•           What      funny thing  happened    in        your   past    that    teaches         a          lesson?
These    are      emails           about nothing.        Just    random         episodes       and     entertaining            stories.
EXCEPT …         they   have   a          purpose.       The     goal    is         to        lead    people          back   to        whatever     you’re selling.         It         might be your   core   offer  or        some other product        or        service.         It         might even  be someone            else’s product.       Every story  needs to        relate back   to        something   you’re           selling.
That’s   the     secret.           That’s how   you     make money.
If you     just     send   out     entertaining            emails           and     don’t  tie       in        your   products       or        services,       you won’t    make a          dime. Not     even  if         you’re           the     best    storyteller    in        the     world.           EVERY            EMAIL and   each   story  must  be       tied    back   into    some type   of        offer  for      your   audience.
Let          me      show  you     an       example       of        some Seinfeld        emails           and     how   I           tie       the     story  back into      the     product I’m      selling.          Both   these examples     made over   one     hundred       thousand     dollars each when they   were  sent    out     to        my      list.     They are      both   great  examples     of        emails           about nothing.
EXAMPLE #1
Subject:           [True  Story] He       FLUSHED      $20     million           down the     toilet  today
Body:   So,      yesterday     we      had     a          guy     apply for      my      Ignite program
I saw    his      app     come through,       and     I           was    actually         really excited,         because        he       is in    the     golf     market.
Now,    I’m      no       golfer,           but     I’ve     got      a          lot       of        friends          doing $20     million           +          in        the     golf market online.
I saw    his      product        and     KNEW            it         was    a          home run.
So,         the     coach who   was    going to        call     him    back   asked me      for      my      opinion         on       his business before           she     called him,  and     I           sat      down for      ten     minutes        and     pulled            up the           following:
His         three major competitors
Every    site     competitors were  SUCCESSFULLY       buying           traffic from
The       top     three converting   ads     for      each   of        his      competitors
The       sales  funnels          that    WERE converting   and     the     main  reason           his      was    NOT
I then   showed         her     the     two    media            buyers           I           would            use     if         I           were  in        the     golf market (both can     send  over   one     thousand     sales  a          day,    consistently).
Armed with   this     information,           she     called the     guy     up…
He         was    a          little   cocky (and   rightfully      so—he’d       sold    over   100,000        units  of        his product  on       TV).    Yet,    for      some  reason,         he       couldn’t        figure out     this     pesky Internet        thing  …
She       started          sharing          some of        my      ideas  with   him,   and     then   he       stopped        her…
“Look,  I’ve     read   twenty          books on       Internet        marketing    …         there  isn’t    a          single thing Russell           could teach me      that    I  don’t  already         know…”
So          she     tried   to        explain,         “Look …         you     could read   a          million           books on       Jiu       Jitsu, but      that’s not     gonna            help  you     in        a          street fight…”
I thought        that    was    pretty            funny,            but     what  happened    next   was    just     sad.
He         said,   “Well,            Russell          doesn’t         know anything       about golf…”           and     then   he       hung up.
Now,    while he       was    right   about me      not     knowing       anything       about golf… I           know EVERYTHING           about SELLING  golf     stuff   online.
I’ve        been  doing this     for      OVER ten     years  now.  I’ve     personally    trained          over 2,500   companies   in        my      office here   in        Boise.
I’ve        worked         with   a          LOT    of        golf     guys   …         (and   one     golf     gal).
I’ve        worked         with   people          in        just     about every market          I           can     think  of        (except bowling     …         I’ve     never had  someone      teaching       bowling        come to        me,     which makes           me      sad,    because        bowling        Is         my      third   favorite         sport  after  wrestling      and Ju           Jitsu).
Anyways         …
For        about everything   else    I           can     think  of,       I’ve     mapped        out     a          funnel,          shown           the client      what  they   were  doing  wrong,          Introduced  them  to        my      media            buyers, advised      them  on       which sites   to        buy     ads     from, and     instructed    them  on       what they    should           be       spending      to        acquire         a          customer     in        THEIR specific         market.
I then   usually          introduce     the     client to        the     gurus I           know in        those areas. After speaking        on       Dan    Kennedy’s    stage for  six       years, I           have   met    most  of        the “gurus” in        most  industries,   and     my      position        makes           it         easy   to        find  connections for     others.
Those   are      the     things you     CAN’T            learn  in        a          book  …
Those   are      the     things we      bring  to        the     table  for      our     Ignite people.
My        goal    for      that    group is         not     to        teach them  more stuff   …         it’s      to        make them more  money.
Anyway,          if         you’ve           got      a          golf     product,       let       me      know, because        I’ve     got      a          killer twenty-          million-dollar-a-year      blueprint      that    this     dude  just     flushed          down the toilet      because        of        his      arrogance    …         or        Ignorance.   Either way,  he       lost     out.
You       can     just     plug    in        and     run     with   it…
Or          if         you     sell,    well,   almost           anything       else,   I’d       love    to        help   with   that,   too.
Our       next   Inner  Circle meeting        is         here   in        Boise in        May.  If         you’d like     to        come, you’ve          got      to        act      fast.
You       can     apply here:
http://lgnite.DotComSecrets.com
Oh,        and     we      only    accept           cool    people.         If         you     like     to        flush  money          down the     toilet …         PLEASE          don’t  apply.
Thanks,
Russell Brunson
EXAMPLE #2
Subject:           Jiu       Jitsu   is         like     wrestling      for      old,     fat       guys   (and   other marketing    stuff) Body: So,      tomorrow    I’m      fighting  in        a          Jiu       Jitsu   tournament.
For        those of        you     on       my      list      who   don’t  know what  Jiu       Jitsu   is,        it’s      kinda like wrestling          for      old,     fat       guys  (which           is         GREAT           for      me      because,       while I           still     look like        I’m      thirteen,       I           am      actually         getting          a  lot       older—34    yrs      old      now—and    fatter —30  lbs.     heavier         than   when I           was    wrestling).
Anyway,          I           have   weigh-ins     in        a          few     hours,            and     as        of        right   now,  I’m      still     seven pounds        overweight …
Good    thing  I’m      a          wrestler        and     have   some awesome     weight-cutting       skillz. In fact,          I           just     found my      old      weight-cutting clothes          this     morning.      Check them  out:
Yes,       they   are      a          little   tight,  but     my      three-year-old        told    me      I           look    like     a          ninja, so they          can’t  be       that    bad  …         right?
Anyway,          in        about an       hour, I’m      gonna            go       to        the     wrestling      room, and     within thirty            to        forty  minutes,       I’ll  lose    all       7          lbs.     Then  tomorrow,   I           get      to        step    onto   a mat with   a          bunch            of        younger,       faster guys   whose
ONLY    goal    in        life      is         to        choke me      out     …         (or      to        break my      arm,   whichever    comes first).
I’m        SO       SO       SO       SO       SO       SO       excited!
So,         why    do       I           tell      you     this?
Because          this     week, we      did      well    over   six       figures           in        sales.
Not       this     month           …         this     WEEK.
And       we      did      it         WITHOUT    any     product        launches       …
WITHOUT       any     affiliates       …
And       while that    is         a          pretty            normal          week  for      us,      this     week  was    special           because we also    did      it…
WITHOUT       me      actually         being in        the     office …
Yup…
You       guessed        it         …         I           spent most  of        this     week  in        the     wrestling      room, getting ready          for      the     tournament this  weekend.
Yet,       we      still     did      six       figures           in        sales  while I           was    gone.
Would  you     like     to        learn  how   I           did      it?
Would  you     like     to        see     how   you     build  a          business       that    can     run     just     as        well    when you’re           gone  as        when  you’re           there?
Are        you     ready to        take   your   company      to        the     next   level?
If            so,      I’ve     got      good  news  for      you     …
As          long    as        I           don’t  end     up       in        the     hospital        after  my      match            this     weekend,     I’m gonna    be       coming          into  the     office next   week.
That      gives  me      time   to        work  personally    with   two    more people          to        help   build  out their       funnels          …         (the    SAME type  of        funnel           we      use     to        pull     in        six       figures           a          week like      clockwork).
If            you’re           ready to        take   your   game to        the     next   level   and     create            a          business       that can        truly   give    you     time  and     freedom       to        do       other things you     love,   then   let’s    get on            the     phone           and     figure out     how   we      can     work  together.
Sound  good?            If         so,      then   you     can     apply here:  http://lgnite.DotComSecrets.com Oh,          and     if         you’re           looking          for  a          “get    rich     quick”            scheme,        this     Isn’t    it.
If            you’re           looking          for      a          “work            hard   and    build  an       awesome     company” scheme,          then   I’m      your   man! Okay,  I’m      off      to        cut      weight… Wish        me      luck    this     weekend!
Thanks,
Russell Brunson
P.S.       I           already         know that    it’s      not     healthy         to        cut      seven pounds         in        under an hour…     so        no       emailing       me  telling            me      it’s      not     healthy.
I’m        pretty            sure   that    stepping       onto   a          mat    with   someone      30       lbs.     heavier         is         a          lot less          healthy         than  me      losing 7          lbs.     of        water in        an       hour. Haha…
Do          You    See     How   Seinfeld        Emails           Work?           Do      you     see     how   the     story  eventually    ties into        a          product?
That’s    how   your   Attractive     Character     is         going to        communicate         with   your   list      in        every email you     send   after  your   Soap Opera            Sequence.    It’s      fun.    And    once  you     get      the     hang  of        it, the writing          goes   pretty            fast.   You     can     even  dictate the     email,            record           it         on       your   phone,          and then      send   it         to        your   assistant       to        be       transcribed.
One       thing  I           should           note   here.  These are      broadcast     emails,          not     auto-responders.
Soap      Opera            Sequence     emails           are      set      up       to        be       an       auto-responder     sequence.    That   means after someone      signs up,      they   get      email one     on       the     first    day,    then   email two    on       the     next,  etc.
Seinfeld            emails           are      different.      After  someone      has     completed   your   SOAP series,           they should be       moved          to        a broadcast     list      where            they   will     only    get      the     Seinfeld        email that    you send      out     that    day.    Seinfeld        emails           are typically        not     lined  up       in        a          sequence     that    everyone has          to        go       through.       That   doesn’t         mean you     can’t  write  them ahead            of        time   and     schedule       the broadcasts       in        your   email provider,      but     typically        they   are      tied    to        relevant        things happening in          the     life      of        the     Attractive     Character     as        they   are      happening.
Lastly,   these emails           do       double          duty   when you     put     them  on       your   blog.  People          often ask me          what  they   should write  about on       their   blogs, and     I           always           tell      them  simply           to        copy   and paste     their   daily   Seinfeld        email.            It’s      quick, easy,  and     consistent    blog    content         that    leads people           to        a          sale.
Let’s      Review:        Your   Soap  Opera            (auto-responder)  Sequence     is         your   Attractive Character’s     introduction            to        your   new subscriber.  If         you     follow            the     outline          I           provided, you’ll     notice            an       increase        in        your   sales  simply           because people          can     relate to        your   backstory and        epiphany      after  they   read   about it.
Seinfeld            emails           continue       the     conversation           on       a          daily   basis. The     goal    is         to        be       fun     and entertaining   while you     sell     stuff.
You        can     get      started          with   this     right   now.  Go      download    your   Soap  Opera            Sequence template,         and     write  your   first five     emails.
Then      start   writing          your   Seinfeld        emails           and     loading          them  into    your   email provider.      If you get      stuck  for      ideas, my team  has     compiled      a          list      of        writing          prompts       for      you.    Download them    at www.DotComSecretsBook.com/resources/seinfeld.
Up          Next: Now   that    you     have   seen   how   we      communicate         with   the     traffic that    we      are bringing into    our     funnels,        it’s time   to        shift   focus back   to        building        your   sales  funnel. Section       3          is         called Funnelology            and     will     discuss          the strategies     behind          building        your successful      sales  funnels.
SECTION   THREE:
FUNNELOLOGY    LEADING       YOUR     CUSTOMERS TO THE  SALE       (OVER    AND       OVER     AGAIN)
SECRET  #9:
REVERSE ENGINEERING A SUCCESSFUL FUNNEL

Before           I           start   to        build  out     any     new    sales  funnel,          the     first    thing  I           want  to        do       is         find    other people           who already         have   a          successful    funnel           and     are      selling            to        my      target market.         If         I           can’t find      other businesses,  then I           won’t continue       to        move forward.       But     if         I           can     find    others           who are        already         successfully selling            to        the chosen          market,         then   I           can     reverse         engineer       what they’re           doing and     figure out     where            they   are      getting          their traffic.
The        Internet        is         full      of        gurus teaching       hundreds     of        different       ways  to        generate      traffic, and   it         seems            like a          new    tactic or        trick   pops  up       every day.    For      me,     I           focus on       one     real strategy.          I           prefer            to        find    out where            the     traffic already         exists and     then   just     plunk myself down           in        front  of        it         and     send   it         on       a          little detour           to        my      site.    Why   work  hard   to        generate traffic      when it’s      already         out     there waiting          for      you?  This    chapter is         going to        show  you     how to          reverse         engineer       your   competitors’           sales  funnels.        You     will     learn  how   to        understand what they    are      doing,            where            their   traffic is         coming          from, and     how   to        transform    their   traffic into your      traffic.
FIVE VARIABLES OF SUCCESSFUL CAMPAIGNS
The     first    step    to        reverse         engineering existing         traffic streams        is         understanding       the     five elements         that    go       into    any successful    online            ad       campaign.    I           never start   creating        a          funnel unless          I           know at        least   four    of        these five   things. I           never want  two    unknowns.   Also,  as        I’m analyzing          my      own   funnels—if   something   isn’t    working—it usually          comes           down to        one     of these        five     things:
1.         Demographics
2.         Offer
3.         Landing page
4.         Traffic    source
5.         Ad           copy
Let’s       look    at        each   variable        individually  so        you     can     get      a          clearer          picture          of        what  I’m talking   about.
1.                  Demographics.      The     demographics        are      all       the     characteristics        of        the     people          you’re targeting.   The            demographics        define            who   belongs         in        the     target group and     who   doesn’t. We’re       talking           about distinguishing            factors,         like     age,    sex,    education,   geographical           location, income   level,  race,  language,     and     political        affiliations—any    and            all       characteristics        you     can think      of        that    define            those people          you     want  to        reach with   your   message.      For            example,      our supplement     company      has     an       older  demographic          of        men   and     women.        Our     coaching company’s        main            demographic          is         entrepreneurs        making          between       one     and     three million dollars        a          year.
If I           put     the     right   offer  in        front  of        the     wrong           demographic,         it’s      going to        bomb.           If         I           put     a wrestling supplement offer  in        front  of        older  people          with   diabetes,      they’re          not     going to        buy. So,        we      need  to        make sure   we get      our     demographics        right.  Once  you     know the demographics of        the     people          your   competitors are      going after, it’s      very simple           to        know what  yours should           be.
When    I           first    started          working        with   our     pain   supplement,           I           had     no       idea    who   to        target or where      to        find the     traffic.           So       my      team  and     I           went  through        this     process         of        reverse engineering         some supplements           similar to        ours,  and     we      found out     very    quickly          where            our competitors    were  placing          their   ads.    We     found that    some of        their ads     were  on       diabetic websites  (a        segment       we      didn’t know would            benefit          from  our     supplement).          We     found ads running successfully on       survival         websites,      natural          health           websites,      and     more. By       digging deeper       and     researching our    competitors, a          whole            new    world of        opportunity opened         for      us. After       we      found some of        these new    demographics,       over   the course           of        two    months,        we      were easily  able    to        scale  a          product        that    was    making          twenty          thousand     dollars a          month           to        making over            five     hundred       thousand     a          month           now.  Pretty            cool,   huh?
When    you     know your   demographics,       you     know who   your   target market          is         and     where they  are      likely  to        be       hanging out     online.           You     know what  sites   they’re          on       and     where            they get        together       to        talk     to        each   other.            Once  you have   that    information,           it         becomes      very    easy   to scale         your   offer  and     build  your   business       quickly.
2.                  Offer. The     offer  comes           down to        what  you     are      selling            and     at        what  price  point  you are         selling            it,            including      your   upsells           and     downsells.   When I           want  to        find    out     what  my successful         competitors are      offering,       I            buy     their   products.     Remember, the     first    offer  you     see probably           isn’t    the     primary         offer. It’s      more likely  to        be       what            gets    people          in        the     door, while the      real    moneymakers        are      down the     line     somewhere.            The     first    offer  is         just            the     tip       of        the iceberg, and     I           need  to        see     their   ENTIRE          iceberg          during           this     research       phase.
When    I’m      researching competitors,           I           go       in        and     purchase      everything   they   offer  me.     I will   easily spend hundreds     of dollars           to        study their   offers and     their   funnels.        And    I           keep careful            notes.            This    is         critical           competitive research. I           want  to        know exactly          what  they’re selling,       how   they’re          selling            it,        and     at        what  point  they’re          offering        each product        in        their funnel.            What’s          the     copy   on       the     sales  videos?         What emails           am      I           getting?        How   many? Are they       selling            in        every email or        offering        content         in        some?           The     more I           know, the     better chance         of success         I           will     have.
3.                  Landing        Page. This    is         the     page  a          person          lands  on       right   after  they   click   on       an       ad, and         I           believe            it’s      the     most  important    page  in        your   entire sales  funnel.          What does   that    page look     like     for      your   successful  competitors?            Is         it         an       opt-in page? Is         it         a          sales  page? What’s working     for      people          right   now? I’m      not     going to        make up            my      own   landing          page  and     hope  it works.       I’m      going to        reverse         engineer       what’s           already         working        and            model            that    for      my      own page.    I’m      going to        make something   very    similar           to        what’s           already         successful.
It always           comes           back   to        modeling      what’s           already         working.       It         amazes         me      how   so many        people          put up       random         sites   they   think  look    good, without         first    investigating successful  sites   in        their   niche. Then  they   wonder         why they’re          not     making          any     money.         It’s because they’re          not     following      a          proven          model.
I   remember   when I           first    heard Tony  Robbins        speak,           and     he       emphasized that    if         you want      to        be       successful    in any     part    of        your   life,     you     needed         to        find    someone      else    who   is already     doing what  you     want  to        do       and     model your   efforts           after  theirs.            Nowhere      is         that idea      truer  than   when you’re           building        a          new    sales  funnel.          You     need to        model            what  is working.   Do      NOT   try       to        re-invent      the     wheel.           That’s the     secret.           That’s how   you     take   a decade of        hard   work  and     compress     it         down into    a          day’s  worth of        time   and     effort.            Find what     someone      else    has     already done  and     model            it.        Start   there, and     then   you     can     tweak your  funnel,          test    it,        and     try       to        improve        on       that model            after  you’re           already         making          money.
4.                  Traffic           Source.         Where           is         your   competitor’s           traffic coming          from? What are      the specific  websites       that            competitor  buys   ads     on?     Is         the     traffic coming          from  banner          ads     or social        media            or        email?           Does  he       use            mainly           video or        text?
Do          not     think  that    you     need  to        “create”       traffic.           The     traffic is         already         out     there. All       you have      to        do       is find    it,        tap      into    it,        and     redirect         it         back   to        your   offer. In        just     a          minute,         I’m going      to        show  you     some cool tools  and     techniques  you     can     use     to        find    out     exactly          where            a competitor’s        traffic is         coming          from  so        it’s      easy to        funnel           those people          to        your   offers.
5.                  Ad      Copy. This    is         the     last     element        of        a          successful    campaign.    What do       successful ads        look    like?   What            makes           people          click   on       the     ad?     What’s          enticing        them  to        even  look    at the competitor’s           ad       in        the     first            place?           What pictures        are      competitors using?           What does   the headline           say?   What does   the     body  copy   look    like?   Are            the     competitors using  video?           All these       things influence      whether       a          person          clicks  on       an       ad       or        not.    Remember,            traffic is         made up       of        real    people.         People          can     be       persuaded   to        click,  but     it         can     take   months         or        years            of        trial and        error  to        discover        how   to        make that    happen.        Don’t waste time   trying to        figure it         out     by blindly            tweaking      and     adjusting      your   own   advertising  methods.     Find    what’s           already working,   and     model            it.        Then  once            you’ve           got      a          predictable, steady           income,        you     can     run split        tests   and     try       to        improve        on       the     ad            yourself.
The        whole            reverse         engineering process         depends       upon  finding          out     about all       five     of these        elements      in regards         to        your   competitors.           Unfortunately,       you’re           not     always           going to be  able    to        do       that.   I’ve     gotten           really good  at        the     reverse         engineering process,        but     there are still          times when I           can’t  find    all       the     banner          ads,    or        I’m not     sure   about all       the     demographics. One          unknown      is         not     good, but     you     can     usually          try       to        guess and     get      close enough.        If         there are      two    unknowns,   I’m      probably       not     going into    that    market.         I           want  as        much data   as possible before           I           start   building        out     my      offers,           landing          pages,           and     ads.    Never move forward with          two    unknowns.   Keep digging,         keep  researching until   you     find    a          niche where            you     can find        all       the     data   you     need  to        move ahead            and be       profitable.
HOW TO REVERSE ENGINEER A SUCCESSFUL CAMPAIGN
Now   that    you     know what  to        look    for      in        your   competitors’           campaigns,  I’m      going to        show you     how   to        dig      up       all this     awesome     information.
Step       #1:      Where          Are     Your   Competitors           (Both Direct            AND   Indirect)?     Right  now, your    customers    are      where            your competitors’           customers    are.    So,      that’s where            you     need  to start          looking.        You     have   two    types of        competitors:           direct and     indirect.        A         direct competitor is          a          person          or        company      selling            something   very    similar           to        yours.            In the     supplement business,      anyone         else    selling            the     same  type   of        supplements           is         my      direct competitor. We     are trying to        sell     basically       the     same  thing  to        the     same  people.         We’re going to        do       a          direct competitor  analysis         in        a moment.
There    are      also    indirect         competitors.           These are      people          or        companies   selling            something different         than   you,    but to        the     same  demographic.         When I           started          studying       indirect competitors,       it         was    a          huge  eye-opener for      me.     I remember   one     day     I           found this     cool supplement   company      selling            weight-loss  products       to        an       older  demographic.         They were  an indirect   competitor  because        we      were  selling            different       products       (weight-loss supplements for    them  and     nerve pain supplements           for      me),   but     we      were  both   going after  the     same demographic.         I           put     their   website         into    the     tool    I’m about to        show  you,    and     it         opened         up       a whole         new    world of        places            to        advertise      and     types of        ads     to        try. Competitive research       is awesome because        it         can     open  up       new    opportunities         you     never knew about before.          For      me, each new    profitable     website         I           find    can     be       worth tens,  if         not     hundreds,    of        thousands    of dollars      a          month!         So       you can     see     why    I           spend so        much time   searching     for      this     buried           gold.
The        first    step    is         to        make a          list      of        your   direct and     indirect         competitors and     their   landing page           URLs. If         you don’t  know who   your   competitors are,    then   just     go       to        Google          and     start typing  in        search           phrases         you     would            want people          to        type   in        if         they   were  searching     for      you. If            you’re           in        the     weight-loss  niche, for      example,      you’d just type   in        phrases         like     “how to lose           weight”         or        “losing          weight           quickly.”       Look   for      the     paid   ads     (usually         on the     right   hand side)    and     start   clicking          on       those ads.    This    will     give    you     a          good  idea    of        who   your successful      competitors are.    Now   that    you     have   your   competitors’           website         URLs, let       me show      you     how   simple           it         is         to        find    out exactly          WHERE         they   are      already         advertising, WHAT            ads     they’re          running,        and     WHERE         they   are      sending         their traffic.           Using this     simple strategy,     you’ll quickly          be       able    to        figure out     all       five     of        the     variables      in        each   of        the competitors’           campaigns.
Step       #2:      What Are     They  Doing?          There are      a          few     products       on       the     market          that    will     do what        I’m      about to show  you.    At        the     time   of        my      writing          this     book, my      favorite         is         called SimilarWeb.com   (SW). Because        I           want  this book  to        stay    evergreen,   I           will     post   a          video showing        you     how   to        use     SW     here: www.DotComSecretsBook.com/resources/similarweb, and    if         my      team  ever   finds  software       we      like     better,           or        if         SW     stops working,       we’ll   give    you the         most  up-to-date   information on       that    page.
So,          the     first    step    is         to        put     in        your   competitor’s           website         URL.   For      this     example,      I           will enter     one     of my      own   websites       for      you     to        see.
Fig      9.2:     It’s      easy   to        find    your   competitors’           traffic sources         with   online            tools  like Similar   Web.
From     here,  I           can     quickly          see     each   of        the     paid   traffic sources         that    the     competitor  is using.
As           I           start   clicking          on       some of        the     other options         on       the     side    of        the     page, I           can     see     the demographics of        the     traffic that    is         coming          to        that    website.       I           can     dig      deeper          into    the     traffic sources        and     actually         see what  sites   my      ads     are      running         on,      when they   were  first    seen,  and the         duration       each   ad       has     been  running.        (Hint: longer           duration=ad            that    is         working.)
Fig      9.3:    Long  running         ads     are     usually          high-converting     and    big      money          makers.
As           I           dig      deeper,         I           can     start   to        see     the     exact  banner          ads     that    are      working,       including      the ad           copy that    is         converting.
Fig      9.4:     Collect           the      actual ads     your   competitors are      running         and     model            them  for your        own    ads.
I   can     also    see     the     landing          pages the     competitor  is         pushing         the     majority        of        traffic to and           a          whole bunch            more. Do      you     see     how   in        less     than   five     minutes        I           can     learn EVERYTHING            I           need  to        know about a competitor’s           campaign?   I’ve     just     shown           you     how quickly you     can     grab   the     five     variables      we      need  to        be       successful:
1.         Demographics
2.         Offer
3.         Landing page
4.         Traffic    source
5.         Ad           copy
The        last     step    is         actually         to        purchase      my      competitor’s           product        so        that    I           can     see     the upsells   and downsells.   What email does   this     company      send   to        customers? What else happens          after  the     initial purchase?    Armed           with   this information,           you     now   have   everything you       need  to        start   building        out     your   own   successful    sales  funnels          in        that    niche.
Isn’t       it         amazing?     You     can     literally         reverse         engineer       everything   your   competitor  is doing         in        less     than   ten minutes.       Just    plug    in        the     website         and     go       where            they   have   already gone.         Sell     to        the     customers    who   have already         shown           interest         in        this     type   of        product        or service.    Redirect        them  to        buy     your   products!
LET’SREVIEW:
1.         Make      a          list      of        your   direct and     indirect         competitors.
2.         Find        each   landing          page  URL.
3.         Enter      a          URL    into    the     online            research       tools.
4.         Collect   data,  dig      deep, click   on       links,  buy     products,     and     see     what  the     competitor is          doing.
5.         Create    a          swipe file      of        ideas  to        model.
To           help   you     out,    I’ve     created         a          checklist       you     can     download    and     keep  handy            while you’re            researching. With  this     checklist,      you’ll be       sure   not     to        miss   any     critical           components of      your   research.      To       download    the     checklist, go       to www.DotComSecretsBook.com/resources/reverse.
Up          Next: Now   that    you’ve           had     a          chance          to        look    at        what  your   competitors’           sales funnels           look    like,    I want  to        walk   you     through        the     seven phases          of        all       successful    sales funnels.          This    will     give    you     a          very    clear example       of        each   of        the     phases          that    your   customers should go       through        as        they   ascend          your   Value Ladder.
SECRET  #10:
SEVEN PHASES OF A FUNNEL

What’s          the     difference    between       a          six-figure,     seven-figure,          and     eight-figure business?     When I          first    started          to        scale my      companies,  I           thought        there must  be       huge  differences  between each        of        these levels,            but     that’s not     the     case.  After going through        these levels over   the     past decade or        so,      I           can     tell      you     the     main  difference    is         not     what  you     might think.
•           It’s           not     the     products       you     sell.
•           It’s           not     the     type   of        business       you     run—online or        local   brick  and     mortar.
•           It’s           not     the     traffic.
•           It’s           not     the     sales  copy.
•           It’s           not     a          high-converting     website.
•           It’s           not     a          product-launch      method.
These    things are      all       important.   They’re         all       elements      of        a          successful    business.      But     they are        not     the     core difference    that    sets    the     levels apart.
The        real    difference    between      having           a          six-,    seven-,          or        even  eight-figure business       is whether   you     understand the            phases          of        a          funnel           and    can     successfully monetize     the different          points           along the     line.
When    I’m      driving           traffic to        a          website,       I           need  to        know the     first    page  the     potential customer           will     hit.      I need  to        know the     second          page  he       hits     and     everything   he       will experience      while he’s    engaged       with   my      business.      I need  to        carefully       engineer       the     process (or  funnel)          each   customer     goes   through.       And    different       types of        people require          different treatment          (and   different       processes).
Lots        of        people          talk     about the     lifetime         value of        a          customer,    but     that’s not     what  I’m talking   about here.  I’m talking           about the     path   that    you     take   your   customers    down.            I’m zeroing  in        on       the     variables      in        each   step    that    can be       manipulated           for      maximum monetization—all    while keeping         a          relationship so        that    the     customer     will     continue       to ascend           your   Value Ladder.         A         person          might be       with   me      for      a          few     minutes,       a          few     hours,            or dozens     of years. The     money          you     make in        your   business       depends       on       how   well    you     manage the experience  of        every person          who comes           in        contact         with   you—no       matter          how   long    they stay.
Your       goal,   of        course,          is         to        get      the     prospect       to        stick   around          and     become        a          regular          client or repeat           buyer.           The     longer           you     can     keep  them  around,         the     more likely  they’ll            buy     from you.     The     way    you     keep them  around          is         by       managing     the     experience  throughout  the process. I’ve     broken          the     customer     experience  down to        seven specific         points            in        the     funnel. At     each   point, you     can     test,   tweak,           monetize,    and     build  your   business       to        whatever level you      want. Once  you     know these seven points            and     how   to        maximize     them, your   life      will change. It’s      awesome!
IT’SALL ABOUT THE PRE-FRAME
Before           we      talk     about the     seven phases          of        a          funnel,          you     need  to        understand the     concept        of        a pre-frame because        each   step    in        a          funnel           is         a          pre-frame    for      the     next   step.  That   is         why    it’s essential            to        optimize these steps—not   only    for      monetization,         but     also    to        build  relationships and  get      visitors          to        continue       to        buy     from  you, someone      they   know and     trust. One    big mistake  many marketers    make is         focusing        100% on       short-term   conversions or monetization. They   sell     so        aggressively,           focused         on       the     sale    at        hand, that    they   lose    the respect  of        their   customer.    This    mistake will     cost    you     the     long-term    relationship that    can     be worth      ten     times as        much as        the     money          made through        the     initial point  of        contact.
Experts in        neuro-linguistic     programming         (NLP) talk     a          lot       about pre-framing to        gain the        outcome      you     desire.           A pre-frame    is         simply           the     state  of        mind  you     place  someone      in        as they          enter into    the     next   step    in        your   sales funnel.          Changing      the     frame of        mind, the mindset,           can     profoundly  change          the     answer          to        a          question       or        the experience  you     have   with someone        or        something.
People  do       this     all       the     time   without         realizing        it.        For      example,      if         I           want  to        ask      my      wife    a favor,         I might pre-frame    her     by       saying,          “Wow,          you     are      looking          beautiful      today.            Thanks          so much       for      all       the     great stuff   you’re           doing with   the     kids    tonight.         I           really appreciate   you spending          the     evening         with   them.”          Then  I           might follow            that    up       with,  “I’m    just     curious,        do you           mind  if         I           go       hang  out     with   my      buddies        tonight?”     Because I           started          with   the     pre-frame, it’s        more likely  that    she’ll  respond        the     way    I           want  her     to.       I           set      up       a positive         frame of        mind before            I           asked the     favor.
My         first    Internet        marketing    mentor         was    a          guy     named          Mark  Joyner.          I           remember   him saying   that    not     all clicks  are      created         equal.            That   struck me      as        odd    because        business       owners always       talk     about traffic and     how   to        get more clicks  to        their   websites—not        a          certain          kind of          click.  Wasn’t          a          click   just     a          click? But     Mark  made me understand that    what  really matters         most  is         where            those clicks  are      coming          from  and     what  that    reader           experienced before           he       got      to        your   site.    He       even  went  so        far       as        to        say      that    the     frame people          enter your website through        is         probably       the     most  important    thing  you     can     know.
He          used   me      as        an       example:      “Consider     a          person          came from  a          website         that    said, ‘Russell           Brunson        is a          scam  artist. He       stole  my      money.         He’s   unethical.     He’s   a          liar,     and     I don’t           trust   him.   Click   here   to        see     his      new product.’      What do       you     think  will     happen         when he       clicks  through        to        see     the     product?”    The     pre-frame    was    terrible. That   visitor            is         probably not           going to        like     me,     and     I           will     have   a          hard   time   getting          them  to        buy     anything.
On          the     other hand, what  if         the     person          comes           from  a          site     that    says,   “Russell        is         an amazing  person.         I had     a          chance          to        meet  him;   we      talked            for      an       hour, and     what  he       taught           me changed            my      business       and my      life.     My      company      was    able    to        go       from  nothing         to        a          million dollars        of        revenue        a          year.  Click   here   to see     his      new    product”?    The     chances        of        converting that      potential      customer     on       my      site     are      much,            much higher. I           can     sell     more if         the     visitor enters          my      website         through        a          good  pre-frame.   The     frame through        which he entered        my website completely  changes        what  can     happen         on       the     actual page. So       the     trick   is         to        figure out     how   to control          the     frame that    your   traffic is         coming          through.
In the     book  Sway: The     Irresistible    Pull     of        Irrational      Behavior,     by       Ori      and     Rom Brafman,        I           read   about a          fascinating study that    took   place  at        MIT,   demonstrating       the     preframe      principle       in        action.           It         went  something   like     this:    One    day, a          class   of        seventy economics           students       were  told    they   would            have   a          substitute    professor     for      the     day.    Since  this professor      was    new,  each   student         was    to        read   a          short  biography    of        the     teacher.        The     bios handed            out     to        all the     students       were  identical—except  for      one     phrase.         It         praised          this teacher’s          graduate      work  in        economics   and     listed various          fabulous       accomplishments. Then half      the     bios    described     the     professor     as        “a        very    warm person,”       while the     other half described        him    as        “rather          cold.” That   was    the     only    difference—one    phrase.
After      the     lecture,         each   student         was    asked to        fill       out     a          survey           to        see     how   they   liked   the teacher. The     ones who   received       the     “warm”         bio      said    they   loved him.   They   said    he       was good     natured,       considerate of        others,          and sociable.       The     students       who   received       the     “cold” bio    didn’t like     him    at        all.      They   said    he       was    self-centered,         formal, irritable,       and     ruthless. These      students       all       sat      through        the     same  lecture,         but     the     pre-frame    changed       their   perception of        what  they   witnessed.   This    study is         such   a          cool    example       of        the     pre-frame    principle       at work.
How       to        Pre-Frame   Your   Presentations        for      Higher           Sales: The     first    time   I           witnessed this        concept        in        action was    back   when I           first    started          speaking       at        events           on       Internet marketing.          Event coordinators           would            invite me to        speak,           and     afterward     I           was    allowed         to sell my      product        at        the     back   of        the     room. Obviously,   I           wanted to        make lots     of        sales, so        I tried to        craft   my      presentation           in        a          way    that    would            deliver           such   great  value that people would         want  to        buy     a          coaching       package        from  me      at        the     end.   I           travelled       around          the     country, speaking once  or        twice a          month.          Often I           would            test    different       pitches          to        see     which method people      responded   to        most.
I   remember   one     event that    had     a          profound      effect on       me.     I           was    working        with   a          big event      promoter     named Armand        Morin,           who   had     done  tons   of        events           all       around          the     world.
He       was    also    one     of        the     best    stage presenters   around          at        the     time.  I           remember   he       pulled            me aside      and     said there was    one     deciding       factor that    would            affect how   much money          I           made at the event.            “It’s    all       about how   I introduce     you,”  he       said.
He          asked me      to        look    back   at        the     last     ten     or        fifteen           events           I           worked         and     remember   the events where            I           did      really,            really well    in        sales. Then  he       said,   “Remember back   to        how   the person   introduced  you     before you     got      on       stage. Most  promoters   do       a          horrible        job.     They   get up            there and     say      something   like,    ‘Hey,  this     is Russell.         He       is         great, and     he’s    going to        teach you     this     cool    thing. Everyone      give    him    a          round of        applause.’”  When that happens,      sales are       kind    of        flat.    But     this     promoter     crafted          my      introduction            in        a          way    to        pre-sell         my credibility     as        a          speaker         and     get      the     audience      prepared      to        buy.    He       had     some of        the     most successful     events because        of        this     simple           strategy.
I   thought        his      suggestion   was    really interesting.  When I           spoke next   at        his      event,            I           sold more    product        by       far than   at        any     other seminar.       Going forward,       I           paid   attention      to        what happened     when promoters   introduced  me.     Sure enough,        there would            be       a          drop   of        energy in      the     room if         the     introduction            was    bland and     uninspiring. Everything was    different,      and     it affected    my      sales. Finally,          I           decided        to        be       in        charge           of        the     pre-frame.   I           didn’t want to        run the          risk     of        the     promoter     screwing       it         up.      So,      I           made a          three-minute          introduction            video.            It featured       Tony  Robbins        recommending      me,     outlined        several          success         stories,          and     included the            testimony    of others           who   declared       I           was    a          great  guy     with   a          lot       to        offer. Before           I           went  on stage,      I           had     the promoter     introduce     the     video.            The     video played,          and     then   I           came up       on stage       right   afterward.   The     video was    the pre-frame,   and     because        I           now   controlled    the frame,   I           started          seeing           consistently higher           sales  almost           every time I           spoke.           Pretty            cool, huh?    If         you     speak and     sell     after  each   event,            give    this     strategy        a          try.     You’ll thank me for      it.
Now       that    you     understand pre-framing,           you’re           going to        love    how   powerful      the     seven phases          of        a          funnel truly   are.
HOW PRE-FRAMING WORKS
Many online marketing and conversion trainings start teaching conversion on the landing page. They show you how to split test different designs and how to tweak your offers and your funnels. But I’ve found there are three critical steps before the visitor even gets to the landing page that have a huge effect on your conversions. There are also several steps in the funnel that happen after someone leaves your landing page. These also have an enormous impact on your conversions and your bottom line. If you understand all seven points in the funnel, your business will likely explode without any additional traffic or tweaking. So, let’s go through the phases one at a time.
Phase #1: Determine Traffic Temperature
The     first    phase to        examine       is         the     mindset        of        the     traffic before           it         reaches         your   site—or,       your traffic temperature.          You     may    not     ever   think  about it,        but     there are      three levels of        traffic that   come to        your   website:       hot,   warm, and     cold.   Each   group needs special           treatment    and individualized communication.    Each   needs to        come across            a          different bridge           to        arrive at your          landing          page. Yes,    that    means           you     may    even  need  three different       landing          pages, depending on       how   you’re           driving           traffic.           Trust  me,     it’s      worth taking            the     extra  time   to        set this          up       correctly.
Here      is         a          quote from  Gene  Schwartz      that    helped          me      to        understand hot     vs.       warm and cold       traffic and     how   you must  communicate         differently   with   each   type:
If            your   prospect       is         aware            of        your   product         and     has     realized         it         can     satisfy           his desire,    your  headline       starts with   the      product.        If         he       is         not     aware            of        your   product, but            only    of        the      desire itself,  your   headline       starts with   the      desire.           If         he       is         not     yet aware    of        what  he       really seeks, but     is         concerned  with   the      general         problem,      your headline         starts with   the      problem        and     crystallizes   it         into    a          specific          need.
Fig      10.2:  Start  your   copy   wherever     your   prospect       is         at        the     time.
You        have   to        figure out     where            your   prospect       is         along the     product-awareness continuum:          product        aware, desire            aware,           or        problem       aware.           Where           they   are      determines  the temperature   of        the     traffic.           If         you     have cold    traffic,           they   will     probably       be       aware            of        the problem            they   are      having,          but     may    not     be       aware            of the     solution.       For      these people,         you     need to         focus your   copy   on       the     problem       because        that’s what  they’re          most aware            of.       Traffic            from your    blog    may    be       aware            of        the     solution        because        you     presented    it         in        the     blog post.  So       for these      people,         you     want  to        focus on       the     solution.       Hot     traffic from  your   email list      probably knows     you     and your   product,       so        they   would            be       the     most  product        aware            and     would            respond best          to        product-based       copy.
Hot        Traffic           is         made up       of        people          who   already         know who   you     are.    They’re         on       your email   list,     they subscribe     to        your   podcast,       they   read   your   blog—you    have   an       established relationship with   them. You’re           going to        talk     to these people          like     they’re          your   friends (because    they   are).   You     want  to        use     personality-driven communication.    Tell     them stories, share          your   opinions,      and     let       them  into    your   private          life      a          little   bit.      Remember  the     Seinfeld email        examples from  the     last     chapter?       They   each   brought        me      over   one     hundred       thousand dollars   because        I           had     hot     traffic,           and I           knew how   to        talk     to        them.
Warm   Traffic           consists        of        people          who   don’t  know you,    but     they   have   a          relationship with   somebody   you     know. This is         where            joint   venture         (JV)     partnerships           work  well. Affiliates        or        JV        partners       have   relationships           with   their   lists, and     they   endorse        you     or        your offer    to        their   subscribers. They   lend   their   credibility     to        you     so        their   followers      feel comfortable checking       out     your   offers.
Direct    mail    companies   have   used   this     pre-framing technique    for      decades.       Different companies        have   their   own   house lists,   and sometimes  one     company      would            mail    out     a          sales letter  for      someone      else’s product.       Just    like     joint   ventures       today, the     companies   usually          split the        profit 50/50.           To       achieve         a          positive         pre-frame,   the     company      that    owned           the list      would add   what’s           called a          “lift     letter.”          This    was    just     a          personal       note   saying            something   like,    “Hey, I           like this     product.       I           endorse        it.        This    company      is         great; you     won’t be       sorry  if         you     order from  them.”          Lift      letters increased     (“lifted”)       response      dramatically            because        the     person reading      it         had     some sort    of        relationship with   the     writer or        the     company      giving the recommendation.     One    good  pre-frame    can     make a          page  convert         like     crazy, but     when you try to        drive  cold    traffic to        it,        it         bombs.
Cold       Traffic           is         made up       of        people          who   have   no       idea    who   you     are.    They   don’t  know what  you     offer  or whether       they   can     trust   you.    These may    be       people          you     find    on       Facebook or            who   click   on       your   pay-per-click           ads. Maybe          they   stumble        across            your   blog    somehow. Most    likely, you’re           paying           for      this     traffic somehow,    so        it’s important    to        pre-frame    them correctly       to        get      the     highest          return            on       your   investment.
The        first    step    is         to        figure out     what  temperature           your   traffic is         so        that    you     can     build  the right       pre-frame bridge.
Phase #2: Set Up the Pre-Frame Bridge
The     second          phase is         your   pre-frame    bridge.          This    might be       a          pay-per-click           ad       or        it         might be an article            in an       email or        a          blog    post.  It         might be       a          YouTube       video.            It’s      a          bridge           that    preframes    people          before they   get      to        your   landing          page. Different      types of        traffic need different        bridges.
A Hot     Traffic           Bridge           is         typically        very    short. You     already         have   a          relationship with these   people,         so        you     don’t have   to        do       a          lot       of        credibility     building        or        pre-framing.           You     can probably           just     send   out     a          quick  email with a          link     to        your   landing          page, and     that’s about it. Or  maybe           you     write  a          blog    post   or        record           a          podcast encouraging            people          to        go       check out your       offer. These people          will     listen and     do       as        you     suggest         simply because        they   already know,        like,    and     trust   you.
A Warm            Traffic           Bridge           is         a          little   longer           than   a          hot     traffic bridge,          but     not     much.            All that          traffic needs is         a          little   note   of        endorsement          from  a          person          they   trust; then   they’ll            be       in the right   frame of        mind  to go       to        the     landing          page. This    is         where            the     lift       letter or        personal email       from  a          JV        partner         comes           in. This    bridge           could be       an       email,            but     it         could also    be       a video,         article,          or        some other communication     from  the list      owner,          endorsing    you     and     your product.
A Cold   Traffic           Bridge           is         the     holy    grail   of        online            marketing.   If         you     really want  to scale         your   business,      you have   to        learn  how   to        convert         cold    traffic.           Most  people          I           know just can’t      do       this.    They   can     convert         like     crazy with   their   own   list      or        a          partner’s      list.     But     when it comes       to        converting   a          cold    list,     they’re          stuck. They   just     can’t make it         work. If         you     learn this      one     skill—converting   cold    traffic—you’ll         know the     secret            behind          growing        seven-, eight-,            or        even  nine-figure  businesses.  This    bridge           is         the     longest.        You     need  to        do       a          good bit        of        preliminary work  to        get      the     prospect       into    a          desirable      frame of        mind  before           he       hits your       landing          page. Let      me      explain.
Let’s       say      you’re           at        the     food   court  in        the     mall,  and     you     walk   up       to        people          waiting          in line at        Panda Express         and     say,    “Hi      there. I’m      selling            this     product        that    teaches         you     how   to build         a          list      and     drive  traffic to it.        It’s      great! Would           you     be       interested    in        buying           it?”     What do       you     think  they’re          going to        say?   First   of        all, they   don’t  know you,    so        the     chances        of them        saying            yes      are      pretty            slim.   But     in        addition        to        that,   you’re talking           in        a          language      they may      not     even  understand. Do      these strangers      know what  a          list      is?       How   about traffic? They might  think  you’re           talking           about highway        traffic.           This    is         a          huge  mistake,       and     I           see businesses       make this misstep         online            all       the     time.  They   talk     to        cold    traffic in        the     wrong language,   and     nobody         buys.  To       fix       this,    you need  to        make your   offer  more general.        Talk    in terms        that    cold    traffic will     understand.
For         example,      I           have   a          membership           site     called ListHacking. It         teaches         people          how   to make        money          by building        a          list      and     driving           traffic.           For      our     cold    traffic,           I           knew we      couldn’t talk            in        terms of        “traffic” and     “lists” right   off      the     bat.    First,  we      had     to        explain          those concepts      so        the     reader           would            know what  we      were talking           about.           My      team  developed   a different   funnel           for      cold    traffic that    started          out     saying,          “Who wants a          free money-making website?”          Once  they   got      the     free    website,       we      sent    them  to        a          bridge           page  that    said,   “Thanks for requesting   your   website;       you’ll be       receiving      it         shortly.         While we      have   your   attention, do          you     know how   to        get people          to        visit    your   website?”    (Notice          I           said    people,          not     traffic.) _Then           the     page  goes   on       to        explain          that in        online            sales, potential      customers    are      “traffic.”       We further  explain          that    in        order for      them  to        make money          on this     new,  free    website,       they   must learn   how   to        get      traffic to        the     site.    We     continue       explaining    the     topic  of        traffic and lists    on the           bridge           page. Now,  when the     “cold”            visitor            does   cross  over   to        the     membership           site offer,     they   are perfectly       pre-framed  to        understand the     offer. That   understanding       makes them            more likely  to        convert.        I           bridged         the knowledge   gap     using  a          pre-frame.
For         hot     and     warm traffic,           the     ad       or        email generally      serves            as        the     pre-frame.   There’s          no need        for      extra steps  before           those people          understand your   offer. They   already         know, like, and       trust   you.    But     for      cold    traffic,           you     often need  a          whole            separate       page  that    they   go through  (the    bridge           page) before           they   hit       the     offer  page. As       I           just explained,    this     separate, pre-frame         page  educates      people,         enabling       them  to        better            appreciate   the     offer  and     making them  more likely  to        convert.
Here’s   another        example       from  my      supplement company.     One    of        the     products       we      sell     is a      supplement to        help   with neuropathy pain.  If         I           have   a          list      of        neuropathy sufferers,     it’s pretty     easy   to        convert         them. But     what  if         someone on       my      list      doesn’t         have   neuropathy as        a common   characteristic,        or        doesn’t         _know whether       they   have   it?       Many people          know they have     nerve pain,  but     have   never heard the     word  neuropathy. So       our     cold    traffic offer  helps people           with   nerve pain,  a          simpler,        more relatable      term. My      pre-frame    page  states,           “If       you have      nerve pain,  it’s      probably       caused          by neuropathy.”          Then  the     page  goes   on       to        explain          a bit   about the     unfamiliar    term. Then, when the     visitor            gets    to        the funnel’s        landing          page, all the            language      suddenly      makes           sense.            They   now   understand that    the     nerve pain   is         due to neuropathy,       and     our     supplement can     help.  What happens       when we      do       that?  Our     universe of  potential      customers    expands exponentially!        Whatever     product        you’re           selling,          it’s critical    that    you     match            your   message       to        your   traffic’s temperature           and     knowledge. This awareness      will     help   you     determine   the     kind    of        bridge           required       to        take   them  to the     landing page.
Blogs     are      another        great  way    to        pre-frame    an       offer. Often we’ll   contact         someone      who’s gone  through        our     business program       and     been  successful.   We’ll  sometimes  pay     them  to write        a          blog    post,  testifying      to        the     incredible     experience. They can     then   post   this     praise on their        blog.  Next,  we      drive  traffic to        that    blog    post   so        readers         see     the     recommendation  and then   click   over   to        our     product.       Because        the     traffic is         coming          from  the     pre-frame    of somebody          else’s site,    we dramatically            increase        our     conversions.           We     are      now   tapping         into the         group of        people          who   know and     trust   the blogger.
We         can     do       the     same  thing  with   YouTube       testimonials.           If         someone      puts   up       their   own video    about one     of        our products,     we’ll   ask      them  to        add     some keywords     to        the     description and     add     a          link     back   to        our     product’s     site.    Then we      drive  traffic to        the     YouTube       video that shares  the     story. Now   the     traffic comes           to        our     site     with   a          better chance          of        converting.  Our conversion      numbers       in        these scenarios      are      crazy  high    simply           because        of        the     positive preframe.
Another            cool    type   of        bridge           page  is         a          survey           or        a          quiz.   We     can     ask      certain          questions to            get the     mind’s           wheels          spinning       in        a          particular     direction.     We     plant  seeds,            and     the     visitors start            wondering   about a          question       we      asked.           Then  they   click   over   to        the     landing          page  where we     reveal            the     answer          or        solution. It’s      all       about influencing  what  people          are      thinking        about when they   see     your   offer.
Phase #3: Qualify Subscribers
The whole goal here is to take all the traffic—hot, warm, and cold— and find out who is willing to give us an email address in exchange for more information. (This is known as subscribing to a list.) If people aren’t willing to give their email addresses at this point, they are highly unlikely to give me money later. Qualifying subscribers is done through an opt-in or squeeze page that offers something of value in return for contact information. This is typically the very frontend of your Value Ladder. For my companies, it’s usually a free report or a free video showing the visitor one thing they would really want to know. Let’s say I have one thousand visitors who come to my site each day. If I have a 30% conversion rate at this point, then I know I have about three hundred people who will be interested in my information. Now I have a list of warm leads, and I can continue to move them through the rest of my funnel.
Phase #4: Qualify Buyers
Immediately            after  you     qualify           your   subscribers, you     want  to        find    out     who   among          them  is         a buyer.        How   many of those three hundred       people          who   were  interested    in        getting          free information    are      willing           to        pull     out     their   credit cards and     make a          purchase?    Notice           I           said you        must  find    your   potential      buyers           immediately            after  you     qualify subscribers. Don’t wait a day     or        a          week. Qualify          buyers           right   away. My      early  mentor         Dan    Kennedy       taught           me      this golden           principle:      a          buyer is         a          buyer is         a          buyer.            If         someone      is         willing           to        buy     from  you once, they’ll            continue       to        buy     from  you     as        long    as        you     keep  offering        value. So       as        soon  as someone fills     out     their   name and     email address         and     clicks  the     submit          button,         they   should land on       a          page  that    offers something   to        buy.    Offer  them something   of        value that    will     hook them. It’s      typically        a          little   higher           up       your   Value Ladder,         and     this     is         where I’m      usually selling         my      “bait,”           which is         something   your   dream           clients           will     really love.   It         should           be priced      so low     that    it’s      an       absolute       no-brainer   for      them  to        buy.    You     want  to        qualify           every buyer on       the     list,     so        don’t  put up       any     barriers.
I   usually          use     a          “free-plus-shipping”        offer  or        something   in        the     five     to        seven dollar range.           The     offer  is extremely    cheap because        I           want  all       the     buyers           to        go       for      it.        Once  I’ve identified         who   the     buyers           are,    then I           can     market          to        them  differently.  I           can     pick    up       the phone    and     talk     to        them; I           can     send   them  a          postcard or        add     them  to        a          separate       email sequence.    At        this     point, I           have   two    lists:   subscribers  and     buyers.          Each   list      is unique          and gets       treated         differently.
Phase #5: Identify Hyperactive Buyers
After  you’ve           identified     the     buyers,          you     want  to        identify         the     hyperactive buyers.          These are the          people          who   are in        some kind    of        pain   right   now   and     will     buy     more than   one     thing  at        a time.          I’m      often a          hyperactive buyer myself. I           remember   taking            my      team  bowling        for      a company   party  a          while back.  Now,  bowling        happens       to        be       my      third favorite         sport  (behind wrestling  and     jiu-jitsu).       I’m      not     a          superstar     bowler,         but     I           can     hold   my      own.  I           love playing the  game.            That   particular     day,    I           brought        my      own   ball,    gloves,          and     shoes.            I’ll       admit I           kind of wanted         to        show  off      in        front  of        my      employees. Well,  that    day     one     of        the     other guys   had the         magic touch.           He bowled         an       awesome     couple           of        games,          and     he       just     plain  beat   me.     He was          razzing          me      in        front  of        all my      team, and     I           remember   feeling           so        frustrated.   I           can     laugh at        it         now,  but     at        the     time,  I           really didn’t like it.        So       I           went  home and     got      online            and     started buying        bowling        stuff—books,          videos,          a          new    ball—anything that    would            alleviate       my humiliating       defeat.          I           was    a          hyperactive buyer!
You        want  to        identify         these people          as        quickly          as        possible.       Who’s            in        pain   right   now? And    what  are      they willing           to        buy     right   now    to        alleviate       that    pain? You     want  to        be       able    to offer         them  something—ideally          several somethings. If         you     don’t, they’ll            leave  your   site     and go           find    another        site     to        buy     from. People          love    to        buy.    And when they’re          in        pain   and     want relief,  they   will     spend money          in        that    quest.            I           forgot            about bowling        a          few days   later,  and life         continued    on.      I           was    no       longer           a          hyperactive buyer of        bowling        merchandise.         The window closed.          So       think  about what  you     can     upsell or        downsell      after  your   initial offer. If you’ve       bought          any     of        my      products, you     know I           always           have   a          chain of        upsells           and downsells.       That’s because        I           want  to        identify         my      hyperactive buyers.          Once  I           know who they      are,    I’m      going to        treat  them  differently,  too.
Phase #6: Age and Ascend the Relationship
At        this     point, the     initial sales  experience  is         pretty            much over.  Points            one     through        five     all happen   in        five     or        ten minutes,       and     the     next   two    points            explain          what  keeps those people you’ve        identified     coming          back   to        buy     from  you again and     again. These next   steps  are      what keeps  them  referring       you     to        friends.         During           this     step,  you     want  to        age     and ascend          the relationship.    Remember  your   Value Ladder?        This    is         where            that    ladder           of        products       and services            really becomes      important.   If         you’ve           followed       the     five     phases          of        the     funnel           up       to here,         you’ve           already moved          people          through        the     first    level   or        two    (or      three)            on       your   Value Ladder.         Now,  you’re           going to continue       to        provide         value and     help   people          with   whatever you         offer. Allow some time   to        pass.  How   much time   is         up to        you;   whatever     feels   logical for     your   product        is         best.  Let      them  dig      into    whatever     products       they’ve         already purchased, and      give    them  enough         time   to        see     the     value you     give.   You’re           going to        ascend          them  up       the ladder    over a          longer           period           of        time,  eventually    moving         them  to        the     very    top     level.
This        is         the     point  where            we      start   changing      the     types of        funnels          we      use.    If         we      started with a          Free-Plus-Shipping       Funnel,         we      may    move the     buyer into    an       Invisible        Funnel           or maybe     bump them  up       to        a          Two-Step,    High-Ticket Backend       Program.      (Don’t            worry;           you’re going            to        learn  how   to        build  these different       funnels          in        the second          half     of        this     book.)
Phase #7: Change the Selling Environment
Typically,      it’s      difficult         to        sell     super-expensive    products       or        services        online.           Not     many people          are      going to        read a          sales  letter and     click   the     buy     button           for      a          fifteen           thousand     dollar product.       Some might,           but     usually          you have   to        change          the     selling            environment           if         you     want to         sell     high-ticket   products.     The     most  common       ways  to change          the     environment           are      to        sell the          pricier           items over   the     phone,          through        direct mail,  or        at        a          live event or        seminar.       If         I           send an         email out     to        you     and     ask      you     to        click   an       eight  thousand     dollar buy     button, you’re probably     not     going to        do       it.        But     if         I           can     get      you     to        click   a          button           and     schedule       an appointment to        chat   on       the     phone,          suddenly      I           have   a          completely  different       sales environment.           People          on       the     phone are      more likely  to        listen closely           to        an       offer. The     sales person            has     the     benefit          of        live     feedback.     He       or        she can     overcome    objections    and     help people make up       their   minds on       the     fly.      When we      change          the     selling            environment, we      can communicate at        a          different       level,  and     it         becomes      easier to        move people          up       to        the     higher levels           of the     Value Ladder.
Let’s      Review:        If         I           were  to        consult          with   a          retail  store  on       how   to        increase        sales, I           would look  at everything   that    happens       during           a          customer’s  experience  with   the     store, including the           moment       a          customer     saw    the ad,      walked          in        the     front  door, and     received       a          greeting        from the       employees. I           would            analyze         what  the customer     saw    that    made them  choose          certain items,         what  products       were  “point            of        sale,” and     how   the     cashier upsold           them  during checkout.   I           would            then   analyze         the     follow-up     sequences   already         in        place  to        bring  that customer      back.
Increasing        online            sales  happens       the     same  way.   You     need  to        break out     and     examine each         of        the     phases          your customer     passes           through        in        your   sales  funnels.        After  you     are aware    of        the     distinct          steps  and     break each   out     into a          separate       experience, you     can     then tweak  each   aspect           to        get      more conversions.           In        this     way,   you     can     help people          ascend          to        the next        level   of        your   Value Ladder.         If         you’re           stuck  in        your   business,      it’s      probably because there’s     a          glitch in        one     of        these seven steps. What’s          the     temperature           of        the     traffic you’re driving?       What’s the     pre-frame    bridge           you’re           taking            potential      buyers           through?      On      the landing  page, are      you     qualifying  subscribers? Are     you     qualifying     your   buyers           on       the     sales page,   and     your   hyperactives           on       the     upsell pages?          Are     you     aging and ascending    the relationship     to        match            the     buyer with   the     offer  they   really need  the     most?            And    are      you changing          the selling            environment           for      your   high-ticket   offers?          Most  importantly,            how   are you         treating        each   of        your   different groups           so        that    each   receives        a          specially       tailored experience?
Up          Next: Now   that    you     understand the     strategy        behind          the     seven phases          of        a          sales funnel,           I           want  to show  you     what  types of        web    pages we      use     for      four    of        those phases.         Did you         like     to        play    with   Lego   blocks            when you     were  a          kid?    I           did.     It         was    so        cool    to        take   the same,     simple           pieces            and     create            something   totally unique,         over   and     over   again. In        the upcoming         chapters,      you’re           going to        learn  how   to        build  sales  funnels          Lego-style. In        fact, I’m        going to        give    you     a          list      of        building        blocks            that    you     can     simply           mix     and     match            to        build your   offer  to        create            an       instant          sales  funnel.          Then  I’m      going to        give    you     some short  cuts— the    exact  funnels          and scripts           I           use     most  often in        my      businesses.  You     can     copy   and     paste your   own   offers and     ideas  into    these proven templates    and     have   your   business       up       and running in        no       time.
SECRET  #11:
THE TWENTY-THREE BUILDING BLOCKS OF A FUNNEL

As        I           said,   I           think  of        sales  and     building        funnels          kind    of        like     playing          with   Legos.            I           imagine there’s      this big      box     of        brightly         colored         building        blocks,          and     I           can     put     them  together       any way        I           want  to        get      the desired         results.          If         I           want  to        get      someone      to        opt-in to        my      list,     I           might use     a          yellow           block  and connect        it         to        a          blue   block. If         I           want  to        make a          high-ticket   sale,   I might          add     on       green,           red,    and purple           blocks.          If         I’m      not     getting          the     results           I           want, but     I know           I           have   all       the     right   pieces,          I might rearrange     the     blocks            and     see     what  happens.
This        is         the     exact  same  process         I           teach my      twenty-five-thousand-dollar     clients.          I           go through  each   phase of        the funnel           and     map   out     which building        blocks            will     yield   the     best results. Then  we      test    the     funnels          to        see     how   well they   convert.        Sometimes  we      hit       a          winner right            away, but     often we      need  to        move the     blocks            around          a          bit; for      example,      we      might change         some copy   or        add     a          video.            Then  we      test    the     combination           again. This    is         how direct response      marketers    have   created         magic for      over   a          hundred       years: Try      it.        Test    it.        Tweak           it. And           start   all over   again.
There    are      two    types of        Lego   sets.   You     can     buy     all       the     blocks            and     create            your   own work    of        art      using  your imagination.           Or       you     can     buy     special           kits     that    give    you     the     pieces you   need  to        build  specific         things,           like     the Death Star    or        the     Bat     Cave. These kits     even  give you        instructions on       which piece to        attach            where            and     in        what order. If         you’re           the     kind    of person     who   loves  the     Lego   kits,    you’re           going to        love    our     funnel-building      software       called ClickFunnels.           All       the     pieces            you     need  are      inside the     software,     easily enabling       you     to create      all       sorts  of        funnels to        sell     everything   from  a          simple           opt-in to        a          high-end       consulting package.         And    all       you     have   to        do       is         pick which cool    thing  you     want  to        build  and     click   a button.      All       the     pieces            are      automatically         arranged      in        the     right   order for      you.    If         you’d like     to try it         out,    you     can     get      a          free    two-week    trial    at        www.ClickFunnels.com.
This        chapter         is         going to        show  you     twenty-three          of        the     most  effective       building        blocks for     your   sales  funnels. You     will     find    that    certain          blocks            work  better            at        certain          points            on your         Value Ladder,         but     remember,  they are      just     blocks.          You     can     move them  around          as        you please.  Markets        respond        according     to        a          huge  variety          of factors.         What works in        my      world might need  a          little   tweaking      in        yours.
In the     upcoming     chapters,      I’m      going to        show  you     some of        my      favorite         ways  to connect   the     blocks            to        create working        sales  funnels.        I           highly recommend you     start   with   my version, simply           because        I’ve     tested            these in        the     real world over   and     over.  I           know what works in        general.        Then  if         you     want  to        try       moving         things around,         go       for      it! You     may discover          an       approach     I           never thought        of        before.
The        twenty-three          blocks            I           use     most  often are      used   at        specific         times during           four specific phases          in        the funnel:          the     pre-frame    bridge,          qualifying     subscribers, qualifying buyers, and     identifying   hyperactive buyers.          Remember, these four points            all       happen         at        the point      of        sale.   Any    time   you     sell     anything       through        a          funnel           (which           should be       most  of        the time),     you’re           going to        move your   buyer through        these four    points.           Most  often, you’ll be creating  new funnels          during           the     age     and     ascend          and     change          selling           environment           phases.
When you     do       that,   simply           go       back   to        these building        blocks            and     create            a          new    funnel.
Okay,    let’s    get      started.
PRE-FRAME BRIDGE
The     following      are      the     most  common       building        blocks            I           use     for      pre-frames. Remember, the goal        with   a          pre-frame is         to        warm up       the     prospects     so        they   are      in        the     correct          frame of        mind to         be       most  receptive      to        your   offer.
Quizzes:  A         quiz    is         my      new    favorite         pre-frame    tool.   If         you’re           on       Facebook, it’s         difficult         to        escape   all       the     “What           famous         actor  are      you?” or        “What           jungle animal          are      you?” quizzes.        They   seem to        get   more and     more ridiculous     all       the time.      (This   morning,      I           saw    one     that    asked,           “What           type   of        storm are   you?” Really.)         The     questions     you     ask      don’t  matter          much;            you     just     want  to        get      people engaged     in        the   process.
To  get      a          great  pre-frame,   you     want  to        get      people          thinking        along the     same lines   as        the     next   step    in   the     funnel.          Agitate          the     problem       your   business       solves            for them.      Use     the     quiz    questions     to        help   them   remember   how   much they   hate   weeds in       their   lawn   or        being rejected        by       women.        One    technique    I           love    to   use     is         to        frame the     first    question       like     this:
Fig      11.1:  A         simple           pre-frame    quiz    before           someone      joins   your   email list.
If    you     require          people          to        opt-in (give   you     an       email address)       to        get      their   quiz results, you’ve           killed  two   birds  with   one     stone.            The     prospect       has     moved          through both          the     pre-frame    and     the     qualify           subscribers   phases          in        the     funnel.          Then  you     try to qualify           him    as        a          buyer by       making          an       offer  immediately   after  he       opts-in.
Now,         you     may    be       wondering   how   many questions     to        include          and     how   to        get people   to        stay    with   the   quiz    all       the     way    to        the     end.   I           like     to        use     three or        four questions,      and     I           number        each   one     so   they   know how   much farther          they   have   to        go (Step        1          of        4,        Step   2          of        4          …).      I           do       know some   companies   that    use     up       to        twenty questions  or        more in        their   quizzes          with   great  success.        Just    like     everything   else, this       is         something   you     might want  to        test    out     to        determine   what  is         right   for      your unique market.
Another            great  reason           to        use     quizzes          is         that    you     can     segment       your   audience      according to            their   answers. You     might ask,    “Do    you     have   a          dog     or        a          cat?”  Then  you     segment       your list        according     to        the     responses.   With sophisticated          quiz    programs,    you     can     even  have   the subsequent     questions     match            the     two    segments.    So,      your   next question       to        the     “dog” segment       of        responders  might be,      “How old      is         your   dog?” Then  offer  answer          choices         like zero to        one,   under five     years, under ten     years, over   ten     years, etc.     How   does   this     help   you sell         more pet     food? Well,  puppies        need different       nutrition       than   older  dogs.  If         you     know how    old      their   dog     is,        you     can     sell     them  exactly          the     right   type   of food.  Also,  if         you     know the      quiz    taker  has     a          dog,   not     a          cat,     the     ad       on       the     next   page  should           picture          a dog.   The     quiz helps    you     segment       your   buyers,          as        well    as        pre-frame    your   offer.
FIG     11.2:  Quizzes         are      great  tools  for      engaging      your   audience      and     getting          their brains  primed          for      your   sales   page.
Articles:  I           love    to        use     articles          as        a          pre-frame    for      cold    traffic coming          from  a banner       ad.      These can   be       articles          on       your   website,       but     I           find    they’re          more effective if   they   appear          on       someone      else’s site.   It’s      like     a          third-party   endorsement.        Here’s how  it         works.
Someone clicks  your   banner          ad       and     lands  on       a          website         with   a          pre-frame article.  It         might be       a          case   study of        how   you     helped          an       individual     solve  a          problem. It  might be       an       article            about how   your   product   works.           Or       it         might not     have anything        to        do       with   you     specifically, but     it         sets    up       the     problem       and   what  is required   to        solve  that    problem.
Then         you     add     a          call     to        action            somewhere on       the     page. A         call     to        action            is simply       where   you     ask      the     reader           to        do       something:  click   here   to        learn  more, subscribe     today,            get      your   free    sample   here.  In        an       article,          the     call     to        action            can     be a    simple           link     inside the     text,   a          big      button           at   the     bottom         of        the     article,          a          photo with a            link,    or        a          combination           of        these.
Now,         don’t  be       unethical      here.  For      a          while, many Internet        marketers    used   this technique        successfully with   fake   news  sites   and     fake    blogs  that    they   controlled. The      FTC     cracked         down on       that    practice,       and     you     really don’t  want   them  on       your case.    Use     legitimate    articles          on       legitimate    websites.     Encourage   one     of        your   best students         to   write  an       article            about you,    then   use     that    as        the     landing          page  people will   see     once  they   click   on       a          banner   ad.
News:      Anything      that’s news  or        is         perceived     as        news  commands  more attention      than   other reading         matter.   Our     brains            are      programmed          to        pay     special attention   to        anything       that    might be       a          threat.           This    is   why    everything   on       the evening news  is         a          “Special        Alert” or        “Disaster      Update.”      Each   headline       is         phrased to   get      our     attention      and     convince       us        a          developing  event is         sure   to        destroy         the world     as        we      know it.        If   your   pre-frame    is         attached       somehow     to        a          current         news story,  you’ll automatically         receive          a          bump in   attention      for      as        long    as        that    story continues      to        dominate     the     news. For      example,      if         you     manage        to   tie       your   message to  an       upcoming     election        or        natural          disaster,       people          will     see     the     connection  and pay   more attention      to        you     as        a          result.            The     downside     to        this     strategy        is         that    the recognition      can     be   short  lived. However,     the     upside           can     be       a          massive        upsurge        in traffic       while the     story  is         hot.
You           can     also    design           the     web    page  to        look    like     a          news  page. It         might have   a special       bar     with   a   headline       on       the     bottom         or        a          sidebar          with   a          relevant        side    story. Marketers   have   found that    just   formatting   their   content         to        look    like     news  can increase            their   credibility     and     pre-frame    their   offers nicely.           Again,   don’t  go       crazy with    this     strategy,       or        you’ll have   the     FTC     on       your   case.  Besides,        it’s      just     bad     for business.   Be       ethical.          Tell     the     truth.
Fig      11.3:  Articles         on       news  sites   lend   a          feeling           of        authority      to        your   products       and services.
Blogs:       A         blog    post   can     be       used   to        pre-frame    most  any     topic. For      example, maybe    you     work  in        a   crowded       industry        with   many competitors who   all       provide basically   the     same  solution.       You     could write  a          blog    post   explaining    how   every other company      is         the     same, while yours is         different       and     better.           You     might write the      article   yourself        and     post   it         on       your   blog.  But     you’ll probably       get      better            results if       you     guest post   it         on   someone      else’s blog,  preferably    a          high-traffic  blog    with lots       of        visitors          in        your   target market.         Better            yet,   have   the     blog    author           post   the article    in        their   name so        that    you     are      not     seemingly    tied    to        it         at        all.      I   did      this     once with     a          successful    student         in        the     “make-money-online”    market.         I           asked him    to write        an   article            detailing       his      experience  using  my      products.     He       added            a          link     to our            offer, and     we      drove   Facebook     traffic to        his      blog    post.  The     campaign     worked great.         It         was    engineered  as        a          pre-frame,   but     the   content         was    100% true    and ethical.
Videos:    YouTube       videos           make great  pre-frame    material,      especially     for testimonials.    The     video should           agitate   the     problem       for      the     viewer           or        educate        them on       some process         or        idea.  The     goal    is         to        make them   desire            the     solution        you     offer. Again,            have   the     video appear          on       someone      else’s channel         and     drive  traffic   there. Then include          calls    to        action            that    move people          to        your   offer. The     calls    to        action might           be       links   in        the     description  or        comments,  some pre-roll         or        post-roll       footage, or  even  annotations in        the     video.
Email:       Pre-framing with   email works well    when you     buy     a          solo    ad       or        use     JV partners  to        endorse        you     to   their   lists.   No      matter          whose           list      you’re           mailing          to, you’re     essentially   borrowing    their   credibility     to        pre-frame    you     as        a          great  person or     to        pre-frame    your   offer  as        a          great  solution.       Once  the     pre-frame    is accomplished,           the     call     to        action            is         a          link     in        the     email that    readers         can     click   on       to get to        your   offer. With  direct mail,  this     is         done  with   a          lift       letter where            the     owner of      the     list      writes            an       introduction   telling            his      people          how   great  you     are      or        how   well your      product        works.           JV        partners       or        affiliates   do       the     same  thing  with   email by writing    an       introduction            for      you     or        your   offer.
Fig   11.4:  Presell           pages educate        the     visitor            before           they   land   on       your   sales  page.
Presell     Pages:           Sometimes  you     have   to        educate        people          before           you     sell     to them.       A         presell           page   tells    a          story. It’s      a          longer           article            used   to        give    background information or        education    that    prospects     might   need. Once  they   have   this information,   they   are      in        the     right   frame of        mind  to        understand and     buy     the     offer. For   example,      maybe           you     sell     email marketing    software,     but     some of        your prospects       don’t  know what  email marketing    is   or        why    their   businesses   need  it. You            might send   them  to        a          presell           page  on       your   website         that    explains   exactly          how email    marketing    helps  grow  businesses.  Then  you     add     a          call     to        action,           which will take        them  to   your   product        offer. This    strategy        works great  for      affiliates       who   want to         warm up       the     prospect       before           sending   them  straight         over   to        someone      else’s sales  page.
QUALIFYING SUBSCRIBERS
The     next   phase is         to        qualify           your   subscribers. Remember  the     goal    here   is         simply           to        get people   to        opt-in to        your list,     subscribe     to        your   newsletter,  or        request         a          free    offer  you’ve           put in front  of        them. You’re           separating   out     the casual            visitors          from  the     people          who   are      willing to      trade their   email addresses    in        return            for      more information.
Pop-Ups: Remember  years  ago     when those annoying      little   boxes popped         up on your   screen           almost           every time   you   visited           a          website?      “Congratulations! You just        won   …         blah,  blah,  blah.” They   may    have   been  annoying,     but     they   worked like crazy  to        get      people          to        opt     in        to        a          list.     Thanks          to        pop-up          blockers        and     ad blockers,   this     method        became        almost           obsolete       for      years, and     marketers    all       but abandoned      them. But     recently        new   types of        pop-ups        have   been  created         that    aren’t as       easily blocked,       and     we’re finding          that    these pop-ups        are   becoming     a          good  tool for         building        a          list      in        many situations.    The     bigger            problem       is         that    some   advertisers (like     Google          and     Facebook)    won’t approve        ads     that    go       to        pages with   pop-ups.       So this           method   doesn’t         work  all       the     time,  but     pop-ups        can     be       powerful      tools  under the     right   circumstances.
Fig      11.5:  Pop-ups        can     still     be       effective       if          used   carefully.
Squeeze  Page: The     squeeze        page  is         the     simplest        way    to        qualify           subscribers. It         was    developed   as        a   way    to        increase        subscribers  without         using  pop-ups.       It’s      a simple        opt-in page  that    requires        people          to        give   you     their   email addresses    to        get access    to        something   on       the     next   page  (i.e.,   a          free    report            or        a          free   video).           The     only choices            on       the     page  are      to        subscribe     or        leave. The     magic of        a          squeeze        page  is   the complete          lack    of        distractions.            There are      no       ads     to        look    at        and     no       navigation   menu tabs   to        click.   People          are      forced           to        focus on       your   most  important    message—   the one         message       you     want  to        give    them.   And    they   have   to        make a          decision:       either give   you     their   email address         or        leave  the     page.
Fig      11.6:  A         squeeze        page   has     only    one     goal—to       get      the     visitor            to        subscribe     or request    information.
Squeeze  Pop:   The     squeeze        pop    is         a          way    to        get      people          to        join     your   list      via      a button       on       your   blog    or        other web    pages.           When they   click   on       that    button,         up       pops a           squeeze-page-style          pop-up.         If         a   visitor            gives  you     their   email address,        they   are taken     to        the     next   page. Squeeze        pop    buttons         are      great   because        you     can     place  them in         a          ton     of        places,          places            where            you     traditionally wouldn’t      be       able   to        get      opt-ins, like articles          and     blog    posts.
Fig 11.7:  A         squeeze-pop           combines     a          clickable       button           with   a          pop-up          web    form.
Free-Plus-Shipping,    Two-Step     Form: This    type   of        web    form  takes advantage    of        buyer psychology  and     combines     the   “qualify         subscribers”            and “qualify buyers”         steps  into    one     sequence.    Step   one     qualifies       subscribers  by asking      for   contact         information (including     email addresses).  Step   two    qualifies buyers     by       asking            for      credit card   information,   usually          to        cover shipping       costs. That   is         how   my      company      structures    most  of        our     free-plus-shipping offers.
Fig      11.8:  A         two-step       web    form  allows            you     to        collect           a          name and     email address         on step         one     and     credit card           information on       step   two.
Anyone    who   fills     out     step    one     of        this     form  is         automatically         added            to        an       email list      and     is         qualified   as        a          subscriber—even  if         he       doesn’t         fill       out     step    two.
Webinar  Registration:          We     often use     free    webinars      as        a          way    to        generate leads.      When people          register   for      the     webinar,       they   naturally       need  to        give    you     their email   addresses    because        you     need  to        send   them  details   about the     webinar.       If         it’s an automated  webinar,       they   pick    which day     they   want  to        watch,           fill       in        their   email, and        Boom!           A         new    subscriber    is         on       your   list.     And    because        they   signed           up       for      a webinar,   they’ll   be       looking          for      your   email.
Fig      11.9:  Webinar       registrations           are      a          natural          way    to        collect           email addresses because           people           expect           you            to        send   them  more  information about the      webinar        via email.
Free          Account:      Signing          people          up       for      a          free    account        works especially     well with      software       and   membership           programs.    Create           a          membership           site,    or        a          “lite” version          of        your   software,     and     give    it   to        people          for      free.   When visitors          create            an account  to        get      access           to        the     membership           or        the   software,     they   are      added            to        your subscriber      list.     Often times,            these types of        pages are      very    similar           to   squeeze pages,      but     because        they   are      actually         “creating      an       account,”     you     can     get      a          lot       more information   and     still     keep  your   conversions high.
Fig      11.10:            Free   accounts       allow  you     to        collect           more  personal       information about a subscriber like     physical        address         and            phone            number.
Exit           Pop:   An       exit     pop    is,        not     surprisingly, a          last-chance  pop-up          after  people click away  from  your   site.    It   asks    if         they’re          sure   they   really want  to        leave  without subscribing.        You     may    even  make a          special           offer  to   people          if         they   decide           to subscribe before           they   close  the     exit     pop.   Once  people          leave  your   site,    there’s          a good     chance          they’ll            never come back.  So,      you     can     afford            to        annoy            them  a          little bit         with   an       exit   pop.   It         may    be       your   last     chance          to        keep  them  engaged       with   you.
Fig      11.11:            You     can     use     exit     pops  as        a          final   appeal           to        the     visitor            to        give    you     their email   address.
QUALIFYING BUYERS
When we      qualify           buyers,          remember   that    the     goal    is         to        get      people          to        pull     out     their   credit cards and     actually pay     for      something.  The     first    purchase      is         the     hardest         to        get,    so        it’s      best    to offer         something   of        value for      a very    low     price. Then, you     can     guide buyers           up       the     Value Ladder          as        soon  as        you     can.    Here  are      my      favorite         ways to        qualify           buyers:
Free-Plus-Shipping:    This    is         my      favorite         way    to        qualify           buyers           (as      you’ll see in Secret            #13).  If         you   create            a          great  product        and     give    it         away  for      free,   it         is         the perfect  bait    and     gets    one     of        your   products       into    the     hands of        a          new    customer. There    is         no       better            way    than   a          free-plus-shipping offer  to   provide         value up       front and      get      the     buyer interested    in        ascending.   I           feel     like     this     tactic is         the     best    way   to find           out     which of        your   subscribers  are      also    buyers.
Trial:         A         very    low-cost       trial    offer  is         a          great  way    to        get      people          to        raise   their hands  and     tell      you   that    they’re          buyers.          The     easiest          and     most  popular         trial    is offered     for      one     dollar.           Then, you     bill      them  a   few     days   later   for      the     full      amount— if they   want  to        keep  the     product.       To       receive          the     trial,   a          visitor   must  pull     their credit  card   out     of        their   wallet            and     prove they   are      a          buyer.           This    works best    for items      you   don’t  have   to        ship,   like     digital            downloads, software,     or        membership sites.
Tripwire: Tripwires      are      smaller          offers used   to        get      buyers           in        the     door. They are       often a          “splinter”     of   your   core   product.       For      example,      you     might pull     out     one module or        one     of        the     training         sessions        and     offer  it   for      a          huge  discount.      Ryan Deiss   and     Perry  Belcher         made this     technique    popular.        They   usually          use     a          very low-cost           offer  of        around          seven dollars           per     item.  These can     be       physical        products or digital            downloads,   depending   on       your   market.
Self-Liquidating            Offers            (SLO): These types of        offers are      usually          a          little more   expensive—between       thirty-seven   and     ninety-seven           dollars.          Often times, with  free-plus-shipping,           trials, and     tripwire        offers,           you     may    actually   lose    money initially,      although       through        your   upsells           you     can     often break even. With  a          selfliquidating        offer, on   the     other hand, the     goal    is         to        have   the     frontend       product liquidate  your   ad       costs  so        that    your   upsells           can   become        pure   profit.
Straight   Sale:  This    is         just     a          regular          sale    of        a          high-ticket   item,  from  ninetyseven to        five     thousand     dollars   or        higher.          It         usually          takes  a          little   more selling            to convert    these offers,           so        we      typically        only   introduce     this     option           to        people          who   are in our     warm market          or        who   have   gone  through        our     initial funnels.   It         usually          takes a          stronger       bond  with   the     Attractive     Character     before           people          will     make these larger   investments.
Many     people          ask      me      what  type   of        offer  they   should           use     to        qualify           their   buyers.          Most of         the     time,  I like     to        use     the     free-plus-shipping offer  to        qualify           my      buyers,          but     it         doesn’t always       work. We     tried   this     with   our neuropathy supplement,           and     the     numbers       never quite worked          out.    So       we      changed       it         to        a          straight         sale,   and it         worked         great. Sometimes  you     try something         that    doesn’t         work, so        you     change          the     offer. Simply           shift   to        one of        the     other building        blocks,          and     you     could have   a          winner.         You     have   to        test    each   product.       Different markets respond        differently,  so        don’t  give    up       on       finding          interested    buyers           too     soon.
IDENTIFY HYPERACTIVE BUYERS
To       figure out     which customers    are      hyperactive buyers           at        the     point  of        sale,   I           need  to        offer an        upsell immediately after  I           qualify           them  with   a          low-cost       or        free    offer. Here  are      my favorite ways  to        do       that:
Bumps:    These are      the     little   offers we      add     on       to        our     order forms,           and     they have     completely  transformed   our     business.      This    concept        is         very    similar           to        the experience       you     have   in        a          grocery         store  checkout   line.    You     see     the     candy bars, gum,   and     other little   things that    are      all       too     easy   to        throw in        with   your   order.   My team      does   a          similar           thing  with   our     order-form  bumps.         With  two    lines   of        text    and a checkbox,    we      are   often able    to        get      up       to        40%    of        our     buyers           to        upgrade        and     pay an           extra  thirty-seven dollars           or   more at        the     point  of        sale.
Fig      11.12:            Bumps           are      a          subtle            way    to        increase        sales   (sometimes dramatically). Just make a          simple           discount            offer   with   a          checkbox      on       the      order form.
One-Time           Offers            (OTOs):         After  someone      has     purchased    any     of        your frontend         offers,           you     can     make   them  a          special,         onetime        offer. The     best    OTOs are products           that    will     complement           the     initial purchase.     Often   we’ll   make two    to        three separate       offers to        people          after  they   buy,    as        long    as        the     sequence     of        offers adds more     value to        the     initial offer.
Fig      11.13:            One    Time  Offers            (OTOs)          appear          after  someone      has     purchased   your first      offer. These are     special          deals            they   can     only    get      if          they   act      right   away.
Downsales:        If         the     buyer says    no       to        the     OTO,  you     can     downsell      them  with either  a          different       product   or        a          payment       plan   option           on       the     original         offer. Don’t give    up       just     because        they   said    no       to        paying   the     full      amount         all       at        once. Often we find         that    up       to        20%    of        people          who   say      no       to        the     special   offer  will     say      yes      to        a payment-plan     version          on       a          downsell.
Affiliate   Recommendations:         These recommendations typically        happen         after buyers finish going through        my   upsale/downsale   sequenece   and     have   landed           on the           “thank           you”   page  in        my      funnel.          On      this     page, I   will     usually          thank buyers           for ordering and     then   link     to        other offers that    would            likely  serve them.
Let’s      Review:        Do      you     see     how   these blocks            work  to        build  a          system          that    benefits        your company?      Simply go       through        each   phase in        the     funnel           and     choose          which block  you     want to         try.     You’ll soon  discover        the     ones   that work  best    in        your   market,         and     you’ll rely     on       them over    and     over.  But     don’t  forget            to        test    out     some of        the alternatives now   and     then.  You never    know when a          straight         sale    will     beat   out     a          trial    for      a          particular     offer—unless you     test it.           I           encourage   you     to        split    test    different       blocks            for      all       your   offers.           I           know split    testing           can be       intimidating for      some, and     the     software       can     be       expensive.   But     I           think  it’s      so        important to           the     long-term growth          of        your   business       that    we      included       simple           split    testing           options inside         ClickFunnels            to        make it         super easy.
Up          Next: New   ideas  for      building        blocks            are      being developed   all       the     time,  but     these listed above are      the     most common       and     most  effective,      I’ve     found.           Now   that    you     know what  the     blocks            are,    we      can     start   building        actual funnels.
In the     next   chapter,        I’m      going to        discuss          which types of        funnels          we      use     on       the frontend           of        our     Value Ladders,       the     ones   we      use     in        the     middle,         and     those we      use     for      the backend.           Understanding       this     will     help   you to        better            understand how   to        use     each   of        the funnels  I           will     be       giving you     later.
SECRET  #12:
FRONTEND VS. BACKEND FUNNELS

Now   that    you     know the     building        blocks,          all       you     have   to        do       to        build  your   own   funnels          is put them  together.      You can     combine       them  any     way    you     like,    but     I           have   seven tested            and proven  funnels          that    I           use     all       the     time   with my      mastermind clients           and     with   my      own companies.    We     use     them  over   and     over   and     over   again, and     they   work. In section          4,        you’re going            to        learn  how   each   of        these funnels          functions.    But     before           we      go       there, you     need  to see how   we      use     different       funnels          for      different       steps  on       the     Value Ladder.         Funnels         have   a psychology           behind          them, and     you     need  to        use     a          different       psychological          approach     for      a low-priced,          introductory           product        vs.       a          high-ticket package.
Product            Awareness  Continuum: The     basic  psychology  goes   back   to        the     product awareness           continuum   we      discussed     when we      were  talking           about traffic temperature           in Secret       #9.
Fig      12.2:  How   you     speak to        your   prospects     depends       on       where            they   are      on       the product awareness   continuum.
Cold   traffic is         probably       only    aware            of        the     problem       they   are      facing.           They   don’t  know
you     or        your   products,     so        they   need  to        start   at        the     front  of        the     Value Ladder          with   a          lowlevel        funnel,          like a          Free-Plus-Shipping           or        Self-Liquidating-Offer      Funnel.         These funnels are  proven          to        work  on       cold    traffic,           people who   don’t  know you     or        the     solution        you’re providing.
These    potential      customers    will     start   to        warm up       to        you     after  they   start   going through your          communication     funnel—building        a          bond  with   the     Attractive     Character.    As       they   do, you         can     start   introducing biggerticket products       through        the funnels          we      use     in        the     middle          of the Value Ladder.         I           like     to        sell     these mid-priced   offers using  a          Perfect Webinar       Funnel, Invisible    Funnel,         or        Product-Launch     Funnel.         Each   of        these takes  the     time   to        go       into    more detail about the     solution        you’re           providing     with   your   product,       so        the     sales  funnel           is         a          little different.
Hot         traffic already         knows           you,    likes   you,    and     trusts you.    They   know your   products,     so it’s time   to        direct them  to        the backend       as        you     focus on       the     highest          level   of        service          you     can offer.     Because        these offers have   a          greater          price, you     probably       aren’t going to        be       able    to close         many sales  using  online            methods       alone.            You     need  to        change          the selling            environment and  get      the     prospect       on       the     phone           or        to        a          live     event.            My      favorite         funnel           for moving         people from            the     computer     to        the     phone           is         the     High-Ticket, Two-Step     Funnel.
In the     upcoming     chapters,      I’m      also    including      my      favorite         sales  scripts           to        help   you write     the     sales  letters           and videos           you’ll need  to        include          in        your   funnels.        You’ll want  to tweak       them  by       adding           in        the     details           for      your company      and     your   market.         Think of        these scripts           like     a          framework—all     the     elements      you     need  are      there, and     you simply           add     in        the details.
Before   we      go       through        these funnels          and     scripts,          there are      a          few     things to        keep  in mind:
1.         These     funnels          start   on       the     landing          page. They   do       not     cover the     traffic temperature          or        the     pre-frame     bridge.          They   are      the     sales  mechanisms            designed      to move        a          person          from  being a          completely  anonymous     visitor            to        becoming     a paying        customer.    Traffic            and     pre-frame    are      important    elements,     too,    so        be       sure to consider       them  carefully       when deciding       which funnel           to        use.
2.         When     you’re           ready to        “age   and     ascend”        customers    on       your   Value Ladder,         all you           have   to        do       is     create            a          new    funnel.          The     people          you     age     and     ascend          will     now be         considered  warm traffic,           so     you     can     treat  them  like     old      friends          and     approach your       funnels          from  that    perspective.
3.         3. Some of        these funnels          and     scripts           are      short  and     sweet.           Some are      very    long    and involved.          Generally,    the     higher           up       on       the     Value Ladder          you     are,    the     more selling you   have   to        do       and     the     longer           your   script     will     be.      Although,     if         you     have   hot traffic,   you     can     sometimes  get      away  with   a          less     involved       script.
THE BIG PICTURE

Fig      12.3:  The     core   funnel            moves           people           from   the      traffic stage  all        the      way    up       the Value     Ladder.
Before           we      move on       to        the     individual     funnels,        let’s    zoom out     and     look    at        the     big      picture, how           everything   we’ve talked            about so        far       ties     together.      Figure            12.3   shows            the     overall framework            of        each   of        our     companies.
Traffic   that    we      control,         we      drive  to        a          squeeze        page. Traffic            that    we      don’t  control,         we drive       to        a          blog where            the     top     third   of        the     page  collects         email addresses.   As       soon  as someone joins,  through        either of        those sources, they   become        traffic that    we      own,  and     we start        sending         them  the     Soap  Opera            Sequence     so        that    they   can     build  a relationship with   the Attractive         Character.    When that    sequence     is         done, we      start   sending         daily   Seinfeld        emails to      help   them ascend          through        the     other offerings       on       our     Value Ladder.
Now,     immediately           after  a          person          joins   my      list,     through        either the     squeeze        page  or        the blog,       they   are      taken to        my      first    frontend       offer. This    is         the     offer  I           use     to        qualify           my      buyers. Those         who   purchase      that    product will     immediately           see     a          few     point-of-sale           upsells.
After      that    initial transaction  is         over,  my      email sequences   will     start   to        encourage people to        purchase      other products       as they   ascend          my      Value Ladder          and     join     my      continuity programs.       I           will     use     different       types of        funnels          to        sell people          different       products       in        the     Value Ladder.
Figure    12.3   shows            you     the     overview      of        everything   we’ve discussed     so        far       at        a          higher level.            This    is         how I           view   companies   when I           first    start   working        with   them. After  I           see     what a           business       looks  like     from  this     highlevel view,  I           can     easily see     what  is         broken          and     then dive      into    the     specifics       to        get      the     results           the     owners         want and     need.
I   encourage   you     to        take   what  you’ve           learned         so        far,     along with   what  you     are      currently doing      in        your   company, and     use     this     image to        find    your   holes. Determine   what  you     need  to change     or        create            in        order to        build  your   solid foundation.
SECRET  #13:
THE BEST BAIT

I           have   one     last     thing  to        share with   you     before           I           give    you     access           to        my      seven proven funnels.     I           think  if you     understand this     one     crucial           concept,       it         will     change          how   you     build your    sales  funnels.        When I           discovered   what I           am      about to        share,            it         literally         changed       my company           overnight.    I           went  from  making          about thirty thousand dollars           a          year   online            to making    over   seven figures           in        less     than   eighteen       months.
THE ONE-HUNDRED-VISITOR TEST
Back   when I           was    twelve           years  old      and     a          newly addicted       junk    mail    collector,      I           remember calling  1-800 numbers       every day     and     ordering       free    information.           It         didn’t matter          what  the information     was    about—it     was    free    and     I           wanted it.        Free   samples        and     free    trials  are everywhere,    online            and     off.     Why? Because        they   work  like     crazy  to        get      people’s attention. Humans           just     can’t  resist the     word  FREE.
If you     haven’t         read   the     book  Predictably  Irrational      by       Dan    Ariely,           I           highly recommend           you     pick    up       a          copy and     read   it.        In        this     book, the     author           talks   about an experiment       studying       the     effects           of        the     word  free    on buying           behavior.
You        can     read   about the     entire experiment in        his      book, but     here’s            the     relevant        part    for this          chapter:        Researchers offered         a          group of        students       a          Lindt  Truffle           for      twenty-six    cents and     a          Hershey’s     Kiss     for      one     cent   and     then observed      buying           behavior.     They   found that about   40%    of        participants went  for      the     Kiss,   while 40%    chose the     Lindt  Truffle. When researchers dropped       the     price  of        both   chocolates   by       one     cent,  suddenly      90%    of        the students           took   the     free    Kiss, even  though          the     relative         price  between       the     two    was    still     the same.     Researchers also    ran     tests   in        which they   lowered the     price  from  two    cents  to        one cent       to        see     if         it         increased     demand        for      the     Kiss,   but     it         didn’t.           They   ran other tests   where they  lowered        the     price  from  free    to        negative       one     cent,  but     they   still     didn’t see     any     changes in   buying behavior.     They   ran     this     same  experiment over   and     over   on       college          students, children,            older  adults,           and     more, yet      the results           stayed           the     same. There was    power           in        free!
I   thought        that    was    a          pretty            cool    concept,       and     it         got      me      excited          to        implement   this concept in        my company.     I           asked myself,          How   can     I           offer   something   in        my      business       for free?       If         everyone      in        my      industry or        my      town  is         offering        discounted  products,     but     I           can offer      mine  for      free,   suddenly      the     majority        of        people are      going to        choose          me.     So,      how   can     I structure    my      offer  to        give    something   away  for      free?
I   started          trying things out     and     testing           the     results           to        see     which offers I           could give    away to        get      the     biggest response.
Eventually,      I           came up       with   my      own   experiment to        test    the     effects           of        offering something           for      free.   I           call it         my      One-Hundred-Visitor       Test.   I           ran     it         many times in        different environments  with   different       target audiences    and products,     and     the     results           were  pretty consistent   in        almost           every test    we      ran.    While we      ran     this     test    with   hundreds of        thousands of          website         visitors,         I           broke it         down and     simplified     the     findings         to        show  what  our     core numbers looked           like     for      every hundred       visitors          we      sent    through        this     test    funnel.
Here’s   how   it         worked:        I           sent    one     hundred       people          to        a          website         where            they   could purchase      a product.       The     product        was    offered         for      $197. We     paid   a          talented       copywriter   and tested   different       pitches          until   we got      a          high-converting     page. After  all       the     testing           and tweaking,        we      wound          up       getting          about 1%      of        cold    traffic to        convert         and     buy     the     product. So, for      every one     hundred       visitors,         we      made $197, and     we      got      one     new    customer on       our list.         Most  marketers    would            consider       that    result about average.
Then      we      started          shifting         things around          and     experimented        with   offering        something   for free.        We     wanted         to see     how   this     new    offer  would            change          the     metrics         and     our     income.        So, we           splintered    off      one     of        the     best parts  of        our     product        and     put     it         into    a          form  we      could ship to           our     customers    for      free    if         they’d            help   cover the     shipping       costs. We     offered         to        put     this information    on       a          CD,     a          DVD,  or        a          book. After  people          signed up       for      the     free-plus-shipping offer, then   we’d  immediately           upsell them  on       the     same  $197  product        we      were  trying to        sell before.          I           figured          I           would            lose    money          because        I           was    making          people          pull     out     their   credit cards and buy     the     free-plus-shipping offer  before           they   even  saw    the     $197  offer. I           mean,            if only            one-tenth    of        potential customers    ever   even  saw    the     $197  offer, logically        I           should make           less     money,         right?
Here’s   what  happened:   We     sent    people          to        the     website,       and     on       average,       a          whopping 8%         of        people purchased    the     free-plus-shipping offer. (Remember,            that’s up       from  1%      on the           original         page. And    the     free-plus-shipping page needed         almost           NO      copy   to        sell, whereas           on       the     original         $197  page, we      had     to        include          really convincing   text to        persuade people   to        buy.)
Now,     this     is         where            the     magic happens.      Because        the     customer     had     ALREADY      pulled            a credit         card   out     of their   wallet            and     made a          commitment           towards        the     concept        we      were selling,           about 25%    of        free-plus-shipping customers    bought          the     upsell offer. That   means           we made      $394  per     one     hundred       visitors,         and     we      got      eight  new buyers           on       our     list.     I           almost doubled     my      money          and     got      seven times more customers    by       adding           in        a          free-plus-shipping offer!          Pretty            cool,   huh?
I   don’t  know what  it         is         about buyer psychology, but     once  you     get      someone      to        say      the first         yes,    it’s      so        much easier to        get      the     second          yes.    It’s      a          slippery         slope. You     get      them started          by       saying            yes      to        a          small  thing, then they   are      much more likely  to        say      yes      to        a          larger thing later.
People  ask      me      if         they   can     just     sell     (or      just     give    away) a          digital            product        instead          of        the free-plus-shipping offer. The     answer          is         yes,    you     can,    but     you     are      missing         out     on       some very powerful         things.           I           like     to        make the     free    offer  physical        because        it         gives  me      the     ability            to        use the          word  free,   while also    requiring      the     interested customer     to        pull     out     their   credit card   to pay            for      shipping       and     qualify           as        a          buyer.           If         I           decide           to sell     this     as        a          digital            product        for      a small          price, then   I           lose    the     power           of        free.   And    if         I           just     give it         away  free    digitally,       then   I lose  the     power           of        qualifying     the     buyer when they   pay     the     shipping       costs. I           also    lose the ability    to        do       a          one-click      upsell on       the     next   page. Does  that    make sense?
Over      the     years, this     concept        has     continued    to        evolve,          as        you’ll see     in        the     coming chapters   showing        you     the funnels.        My      team  started          adding           multiple        upsells           after  the     initial free-plus-shipping offer, and     we      saw    a          huge increase        in        revenues.     We     also    created         sales scripts that    work  almost           universally   across            most  of        the     markets        we’ve tested            them  in. You’ll       get      to        learn  more about those funnels          and     scripts           and     the     evolution     of        our     process         in the next   section          of        this     book. However,     the     biggest          advancement         we      stumbled      upon  was the         order form  bump.           Let me      explain          how   it         works.
THE FREE-PLUS-SHIPPING ORDER FORM BUMP
After  many initial tests, we      started          testing           our     free-plus-shipping concept        against          our thirty-seven    dollar products.     What we found is         so        simple,          yet      it         has     been  one     of        our biggest  secrets          to        increasing    our     frontend       revenue        with almost           no       effort.
We         took   our     thirty-seven dollar products       and     tested            them  against          a          free    CD—a            simple audio           recording teaching       one     of        the     most  exciting         concepts      from  the     product.       We     started driving       traffic to        both   landing          pages, and     we      found that,   on       average,       we      could get      about three times as        many customers    to        pay     shipping       for      the     free    CD.
So,          we      had     three times as        many customers    following      the     “free”            route and     that    meant three            times as        many people          were  now   seeing           our     upsell path.  But     we      were  missing         out     on getting    our     forty-seven  dollar product        into    the hands of        our     customers    and     losing the     extra up-front        revenue        from  this     frontend       product.       In        other words,           we      were getting          more frontend       customers,  but     our     average        cart    value (how  much money          you     average        from  each person who   goes through        your   funnel)          was    lower,            making          our     revenue        come out     about the same.
Fig      13.1a:            Order form  bumps           take   about five     minutes        to        implement  and     can dramatically    improve        your   bottom         line.
And        that’s when we      discovered   the     order form  “bump.”       We     found that    by       adding           a small          box     on       the     order form AFTER            someone      fills     in        their   credit card   information,           but BEFORE they   click   on       the     submit          button           worked miracles.      The     small  box     offered         to        add the         thirty-seven dollar product        on       to        the     order.            We     wound          up       with an       average        of        about 34%   of        our     customers    adding           the     thirty-seven dollar product        to        their   order!
This        meant           that    by       using  a          free-plus-shipping offer, we      immediately           got      three times as many        customers,  and     by adding           the     forty-seven  dollar order form  bump offer, we      were also     able    to        get      about one     out     of        every three people          to also    order the     more expensive frontend          product.       This    new    tactic gave   us        almost           the     EXACT           same  frontend       revenue, but it brought        three times more people          through        our     upsell flow.
This        little   secret            has     allowed         us        to        spend more than   our     competitors in        almost           every market          we’ve ever entered.       Even   if         you     don’t  use     a          free-plus-shipping offer  on       your frontend         (and   I           think  you’re           crazy  if         you   don’t), adding           this     order form  bump to        every order form  will     dramatically            increase        your   cart    value with   almost           zero   effort.
DOTCOMSECRETS LABS

Fig      13.2:  This    is         a          real    example       of        a          free-plus-shipping offer  “we    made on       my book       108    Proven          Split   Test            Winners.
Let’s   look    at        a          real-world    example       of        the     free-plus-shipping principles     in        action.           On      the page       shown           in        figure 13.2,  people          can     get      a          free    physical        book  titled  108     Proven          Split   Test Winners.         It’s      one     of        the     best    products I’ve     ever   created,        and     I           was    originally      going to charge     $997  for      it.        But     after  fighting         with   myself           for      a          few weeks,          I           finally decided        to follow      my      own   advice.          Instead         of        charging       the     amount         I           thought        it         was worth,           I           resolved to  get      it         into    the     hands of        as        many people          as        possible.       So       I           made it         a          free-plus-shipping offer.        I           knew when I           created         it         that    anyone         who   got      this     product        in        their   hands would            be       a raving Russell          Brunson        fan      for      the     rest    of        their   life      and     would            want  to        ascend          my      Value Ladder.         On      the order form  we      added            a          “bump”        for      our     Conversion  Krusher         template      for just          thirty-seven dollars.          Then  after someone      purchased    the     book, our     first    upsell was    our Instant  Traffic            Hacks product        for      $197, our     second          upsell was    my Perfect          Webinar       product for  $297, and     our     last     upsell was    my      High-Ticket  Secrets          program       for      $997. We     started          to drive  traffic to        “sell” my      free    book, and     the     results           that    came back   were  amazing.      For      each free      book  we      gave   away, we averaged      about sixty-six         dollars           in        immediate   revenue        from the       upsells!
With      numbers       like     that,   just     think  how   much more I           can     spend to        acquire         customers. And     once  we      acquire someone      as        a          customer,    we      continue       to        lead    them  up       our     Value Ladder          to        other products       and     services.       So the     revenue        only    continues     to        grow.
HOW DOES THIS WORK IF YOU’RE AN …
Author,         Coach,           or        Consultant: Think of        the     most  amazing        results           you     could get      for      your clients, the     one     thing  that would            really solve  their   biggest          problem,      and     put     the information     into    a          book, CD,     or        DVD.  You     may    hesitate        and feel     some resistance    to        this suggestion.     Many people          think, Oh      no,      I           can’t  give    that    away …         it’s      my      secret sauce! Trust me.     Give   it         away  for      free,   and     you’ll reap   the     benefits        on       the     backend.
eCommerce    Business:     Tailor this     concept        to        your   space.            For      example,      if         you’re selling          something   like     birdcages, you     could give    away  a          CD      titled  How   to        Teach Your Parrot  to        Talk.   Or,      maybe           you     sell     custom         suits;  you     could offer free    cuff    links.  See     how this       works?
Network          Marketer:    For      this     niche, you     could create            a          CD      or        DVD   showing        your secret  method        of        finding leads  or        converting   them  into    distributors. You     can     then   use     this bait        to        attract           people          who   are      already         interested in        network        marketing    and     who   you     know will     make great  distributors for      your   team.
Affiliate            Marketer:    Create           your   own   informational         CD      or        DVD   to        give    away  and build      your   own   list      and     then sell     other people’s       offers on       the     backend.      You     can     even interview       someone      with   more knowledge   about the     industry        for your   free-plus-shipping offer.
Offline  Business       Owner:         Think about your   business       and     the     problems     you     help   to solve.       Figure            out     the     biggest problem       for      your   potential      customers    and     share your   unique solution.    Record          that    solution        on       a          CD      or        DVD   and give    it         away  as        a          free-plus-shipping offer. Or       find    a          physical        product        you     can     offer  for      free-plus-shipping—anything that    will attract   consumers   and     get      buyers           into    your   Value Ladder.
Let’s      Review:        The     secret            to        converting   cold    traffic is         leveraging    the     power           of        free. Whatever      you’re sharing          in        your   free-plus-shipping offer, it         can’t  be       boring,          general knowledge.         It         has     to        be       unique,         sexy,  or fun—the       more unique,         the     better.           Using free-plusshipping  offers is         the     fastest           way    to        qualify           your   buyers           and get      people          into    your   Value Ladder.         Remember, if         someone      isn’t    willing           to        pull     out     a          credit card   and     pay     a few     bucks for      shipping       on       your   product,       then   they   probably       aren’t going to        buy     your   other products either.
Up          Next: Now   that    we’ve covered        all       the     strategy        behind          Value Ladders         and     how   to turn          those into    sales funnels,        would            you     like     to        see     the     seven core   sales  funnels          we      use     in our companies,  as        well    as        the     exact scripts           we      use     to        sell     each   of        those products?    In        the next        section,         I           will     be       revealing      the     nuts   and     bolts behind          building        your   winning campaigns.
SECTION FOUR: FUNNELS AND SCRIPTS

IMPORTANT NOTE
Before           we      start   this     section,         I           want  to        point  out     that    each   of        these funnels,        and     their accompanying         scripts, serve a          different       purpose.       I           use     all       of        them  at        different       points            in        our company          and     at        different       levels of        our     Value Ladder.         I           also    want  to        mention       that    both   the sales       funnels          and     the     scripts           are      just     a framework  that    form  a          starting         point. Once  we      get the          basic  framework  of        a          funnel           working,       we      add     on       other components           to        grow  it         into    a larger,        more complete     sales  funnel.          For      example,      for      the     Free-Plus-Shipping Funnel           I described   in        the     last     chapter,        we      added            an       order form  bump as        well    as        three upsells           or        onetime offers (OTOs)          to        build  the     final   funnel.
The        scripts           I’m      giving you     in        this     section          are      also    just     a          framework. You     need  to        add in            your   personality, the     elements      of        your   Attractive     Character     that    will     make these static scripts            come to        life.     So       use     these funnels          and scripts           as        the     starting         point, but     don’t  be afraid       to        tweak them  for      your   company’s   needs.
One        of        the     biggest          questions     I           get      about funnels          is         this:    How   in        the      world do       I           actually build          these out     so        they   all       flow   together       the      way    they’re          supposed     to?      I           don’t  want  the technology       factor to        get      in        the way    of        implementing         what  you’ve           learned         in        this     book. Each   of        the     funnels          I’m      about to        show  you     can     easily be       built   out     in        ClickFunnels.com. In section     5,        you     will     get      a          full      tutorial         on       how   to        use     ClickFunnels            to build  out     these funnels.
FRONTEND FUNNELS
TWO-STEP, FREE-PLUS-SHIPPING

The     Two-Step     Funnel           works really well    for      the     free-plus-shipping offers we      discussed earlier.  The     first    page  typically        has     a video using  the     Who, What, Why,  How   script you’ll see      below.           Then  the     page  asks    visitors,         “Where         should           I           ship    this?” They   fill       out     the shipping            address         form  (that’s           step    one)   and     then   move on       to        step    two    where            they   fill       in credit card   information for      the     shipping       and     handling       charge.          It’s      important    that    you mention           on       the     first    page  that the     buyers           will     be       charged        for      shipping       and     handling. Otherwise,       it’s      very    unethical,     and     you’ll upset your   customers before           they   even  have   a chance       to        get      into    your   Value Ladder,         which is         never a          good  idea.  As       we     mentioned before, adding           an       order form  bump on       step    two    is         a          great  way    to        increase        frontend revenues.          Now,  not     everyone      who fills     out     step    one     will     fill       out     step    two,   so        I           capture         the email      address         on       the     first    step.  That   way,   I           can follow            up       with   them  later   and     ask      them  to go  back   and     fill       out     the     rest    of        the     form.
After      the     visitors          fill       out     the     second          step    and     click   the     submit          button,         you     take   them  to a    special,         one-time   offer  (OTO),           which presents       an       opportunity to        upgrade        the     order.            I’ll explain    the     psychology  behind          how   to structure      your   offer  for      the     OTOs when I           share with you       the     sales  script we      use.    Figure            14.1   shows            one     OTO,  but often we’ll   have   two    or        three upsells           and     downsells     in        our     funnels,        so        you     don’t  have   to        limit   yourself        to        just one additional        offer.
The        psychology  behind          this     funnel           is         amazing.      People          are      more likely  to        fill       out     the first         step    because they   don’t  see     a          long    form  asking            for      credit card   information.           Then  once they     do       get      to        the     credit card   form, they keep  filling it         out     because        their   brains            are      already committed           to        the     process.        Interestingly,          I           often find conversions to        be       higher           on       step    one than      on       a          regular          email squeeze        page, even  though          I’m      asking            for an       entire shipping address   instead          of        just     a          short  email.            This    is         probably       because        receiving      something physical in        the     mail    has     a          higher           perceived     value than   receiving      digital            information via email.
You        can     see     a          live     example       at        www.DotComSecretsBook.com/resources/cfdemo.
THE WHO, WHAT, WHY, HOW SCRIPT

This    is         the     script I           typically        use     with   the     Two-Step     Funnel.         Inexpensive offers like     freeplus-shipping  items usually          don’t require          a          long,  involved       sales  letter.            You     need  to        hit       the main       selling            points            and     build  credibility     as quickly          as        you     can.    Just    create            a          little   video, answering   these four    questions,    and     maybe           add     in        a          text version          on       the     page. Present         step one       on       the     order form, and     you’re           all       set.     This    is         a          short  and     simple script that    answers        the main       questions     likely  on       the     prospects’    minds as        they   look    at        a          low-end        offer.
Who:    Who   are      you?  Introduce     yourself        very    briefly.
“Hi, I’m      Russell           Brunson,       founder         of        DotComSecrets.     “
What:   What do       you     have? Introduce     your   product        or        offer  briefly.
“I’ve           got     a          free    DVD   that’s going to        show  you__.” Why:         Why   do       they   need  it?       Explain   the     benefits        of        the     offer.
“If    you’ve           been  struggling    with,            then   you     need  this
DVD       because        it         will     __.”
How:     How   can     they   get      it?       Walk  them  through        the     order process         so        they   know what to         expect.
“Just           fill       out     the      form   on       the      side    of        this     page. Let      me      know your   shipping address,  and     I’ll       send   it         out     right   away. “
The        Catch:           Tell     them  why    you’re           offering        this     product        for      such   a          low     price. People always        think  there’s   a          catch. So       instead          of        avoiding       the     topic, let       them  know, in        clear terms, that    there is         no       catch.
“There’s    no       catch. I’m      doing this     because        _.        All       I           need  for      you     to        do is   to        help   with   shipping     and     handling       _charges.”
Urgency:          Explain          why    they   should           order this     product        right   now.
“I     only    have   a          very    limited          number         of        copies,          so        don’t  be       left     behind.”
“This          offer   ends   at        midnight      on       __.        Don’t wait.  “ Guarantee:          Reverse        any     risk     in   ordering       the     product.
“If   you     don’t  love    it,        I’ll       refund           your   money,          and     you     can     keep   the      DVD.” Recap:         Remind         them  what   they   are      getting          and     why.
“One          more  time,  here’s what  you’re            getting:_.”
Let’s      Review:        The     Two-Step     Funnel           is         great  for      converting   cold    traffic and     getting          a visitor        to        qualify           as a          subscriber    and     buyer.           The     sales  process         is         short  and     sweet because you’re      selling            something   at        the     low     end of        your   Value Ladder.
Up          Next: Now,  after  they   have   made the     initial purchase,     use     a          different       script to        sell the          special,         one-time      offer. Let’s   look    at        that    script now.
THE OTO SCRIPT

OTO   stands           for      One    Time  Offer. It’s      a          special           offer  you     make to        people          who   just purchased       a          product        from you.    We     use     this     script for      the     OTO   on       all       of        our     offers (not    just the         Two-Step     Funnel),        so        know that    you     can and     should           use     this     script for      any     upsell situation.     In        the     past,  I           would            try       to        use     a          longer           sales process         in        the     OTO,  but     I           never had great     conversions with   the     longer           version.        It         wasn’t           until   my      team  wrote our     script so        that the        focus is         more on       confirming   the     initial purchase      and     then   quickly          convincing   them  to say the second          yes      that    we      saw    dramatically            better            results.          Usually          this     OTO   video is         only three    to        five     minutes long,  yet      it         will     close  people          on       price  points            from  ninety-seven dollars        to        two    thousand     or        more.
Now,     one     of        the     keys   you     need  to        understand before           you     use     this     script is         how   to structure your   OTO.  Getting the     second          yes      is         80%    offer  structure      and     20%    script.            So       here are       a          few     guidelines    to        make sure   you structure      the     offer  correctly.
Rule       #1:      Don’t Sell     More of        the     Same Thing.            This    is         the     biggest          mistake         most entrepreneurs         make when it comes           to        upsells.         They   try       to        sell     more of        what  the     customer just         bought.         Instead,        if         the     customer bought          an       ebook            titled  How   to        Lose   Weight          by Juicing,    your   next   offer  shouldn’t     be       another        juicing           product. In        the     visitor’s         mind, he       has already  scratched     that    itch,   so        offering        more of        the     same  rarely works.
Rule       #2:      Don’t Sell     a          Random       Product.       The     next   worst thing  to        selling            more of        the same      is         to        sell     a random,       unrelated     product.       I           see     this     all       the     time.  Yet,    if         there is         no       logical connection between       the     frontend product        and     the     upsells,         you     will     kill      your   conversions. Rather,        structure      your   upsell offer  in        one     of        these three ways:
Sample Structure     #1:      The     Next  Thing.            This    is         my      favorite         way    to        do       upsells.         If         a guy  just     purchased    your book, How   to        Lose   Weight          by       Juicing,          what  is         the     next   logical product       he       needs to        buy     from  you     to        reach his goals?            He       just     secured         a          way    to        learn  how to          juice   (so      that    itch     is         scratched).  But     remember   that    he       is juicing           to        lose    weight.         So, outside  of        juicing,          what  else    will     help   him    to        accomplish  his      weight-loss  goal? Is         it a weight-training  manual?       Would           he       be       interested    in        a          cardio-related        product?      Those types of        offers will     convert well    because        it’s      the     next   thing  the     new    customer     needs in        order to accomplish         his      core   goal.   This    is         what  my      team did      on       the     backend       of        our     DotComSecrets Labs        book. The     frontend       product        sold    conversion   secrets          to        a          buyer obviously     interested    in Internet   sales, so        the     two    upsells           were  related          to        traffic and     then   sales.
Sample Structure     #2:      Do      It         Faster.          If         you     have   a          way,   a          tool,   a          technique,   or        a software   program       that complements         the     initial offer  and     helps  the     customer     get      results faster,         then   the     “Do-It-Faster”         upsell is         the     right   type of        offer. The     one     key     point  to remember          is         you     do       NOT   want  to        say      the     initial program       won’t work  without         this upsell. There           is         no       better            way    to        upset your   new    customers    than   to        tell      them  that    what  they   just bought  from  you is         incomplete  without         buying           more.
Sample Structure     #3:      Need Help? This    type   of        upsell pushes          people          farther          up       your Value   Ladder          to        your   high-end     offers.           It         presents       a          way    to        get      specially       tailored         insight from you.    Here  we      are      asking            the     buyers if         they   want  help   implementing         what  they   just purchased       on       the     frontend.
Now       that    you     understand proven          ways  to        structure      the     upsell,           let       me      show  you     how   to use            the     OTO  script. Below            is         a          pattern         of        dialogue       you     can     use     to        create            your   own   OTO script.  While you     should           tweak the language      to        match            your   individual     offer, try       to        follow the    order I           have   provided.     I           already         organized     the crucial           elements      for      you,    start   to        finish.
Confirm            Initial Decision:      It’s      important    to        put     any     possible        buyer’s          remorse        to        rest by           reinforcing   the decision        to        purchase      the     initial offer. It’s      also    important    to        make sure you       keep  an       “open            loop” at        this     stage. We used   to        say      things like,    “Congratulations,  your order   is         complete,”  before           we      made the     upsell offer, but     this     language closed           the     sales loop.   The     prospect’s    brain  was    thinking,       I’m      finished,       and     it         was    hard   to        get      that    second conversion.  But     once  we      changed       that    language      to,       “Wait!           Your   order is         not     yet      complete,” the       sales  loop   remained open, and     our     conversions went  up.      Why? Because subconsciously the     reader           was    still     open  to        being sold    on       something   else. Pretty            cool,   huh? Congratulations      on       purchasing  __.      Your   order is         not     quite  finished         yet.
Smart    =>       Why: Tell     the     buyer he’s    made a          great  decision        by       making          the     first purchase         and     why.
You’ve  made a          smart choice,          and     here’s why    …
You        ordered         this     because        you     wanted         __,           and     that’s exactly          what  it’s      going to        do       for      you.
3x           2x       Question:    Ask     the     buyer if         he’d   like     to        speed up       his      results.          How   would            you like         to        get      three            times the      results,          twice as        fast?
How      would            you     like     to        get      __          (results)        in        _          (time: days   or weeks)?
Exclusive:        Explain          why    this     OTO   is         not     for      everyone.
_This        offer   is         NOT   for      everyone.     We’re only    making         it         available      to        you     because        you proved  you’re            an            action            taker  when you     took   advantage   of        __(initial       offer).            So I’m            going to        make you     a          special,            one-time      offer   that’s only    available      right   here,  right   now.
Results, Fast,   Speed:          Explain          that    this     OTO   will     complement           the     original         purchase by delivering     better            results, faster.
What    I’m      going to        share with   you     right   now    will     help    you     to        get      the      results           (fill      in        the results    the      customer            is         wanting)      you’re            wanting        in        half    the      time.
The        One    Thing:            Here  you     need  to        find    the     One    Thing in        your   product        that    is         the     key to            the     buyer’s success.        This    part    is         often tricky because        it         is         tempting      to        explain          everything about  the     offer. But     if         you     do that,   you     will     kill      the     sale.   You     need  to        figure out     the     One Thing    that    is         the     most  valuable       and     will     yield   the     best results.          For      example,      in        my      OTO selling  my      “Perfect        Webinar”     system,         I           have   over   twenty-four hours of        videos. But     instead of    telling            the     buyers           everything   they   will     learn, I           focus on       one     thing, a          special           close  the video demonstrates         called “The   Stack.”          I           explain          what  it         is,        how   much money          it         has     made me,    my      results,          and what  type   of        results           the     buyer can     expect           from  this     “One  Thing.”
I   have   another        product         called __.        I           don’t  have   time   to        go       over   everything inside  of        the     product because        we      could be       here   for      hours,            but     one     of        the     strategies     inside that   will     give    you     the     results           you’re looking          for      FAST  is         __          .           Let      me      explain          to you           what  it         is         and     how   it         can     help   you. (Insert           explanation.)          And    that    is         just     ONE   of        the things    that    you’ll learn  with   this     product.
Future  Pacing:          Help   the     buyer imagine        achieving     goals  faster and     with   greater          ease.
Can    you     imagine        what  your   life      will     be       like     when you     have   __          (the    One Thing)?
Call         to        Action           (CTA):            Tell     the     buyer how   to        order the     special           offer. _So       click    the button   below right   now    to     add     __to        your   order.
Guarantee:      Reverse        the     risk     he       may    be       feeling           with   a          guarantee.   I           guarantee __ or        _        .
Value    Stacking:      Add    in        valuable       bonuses.      Here’s           a          trick   for      creating        bonuses:      take the        most  valuable       part of        your   product—the          thing  people          want  MOST—pull it         out,    and offer      it         as        a          free    bonus.           People          can’t  resist getting          the     thing  they   want  most  of        all       for “free.”
If you     act      now,  you’ll also    receive          _          ,           (worth           $_),  for      FREE.
And        __.(worth$__),for           FREE. And    __,           (worth $__),            for      FREE  …
Scarcity:          Give   them  a          reason           to        order right   now!  Make this     a          truly   one-time      offer.
This        __          (product       name)           is         available      on       my      website         for      __ (higher      price).            But     right now,  you     have   this     ONE   CHANCE        to        get      it         for      only.            This    onetime        offer  is         only    available       right   here,  right   _now. When you     leave  this     page, it’s      gone forever.
Second CTA:   Repeat          your   call     to        action.
Don’t     miss   your   chance          to        _faster   and     easier than   ever.  Click   the      button now.
Testimonial    Rush: Add    in        testimonials            about your   product—more      is         better.
Don’t     just     take   my      word  for      it,        take   a          look    at        what  others            are      saying…
That’s    the     framework  for      the     OTO   script.            Now,  just     like     the     other scripts,          this     is         a guide          to        show  you     the path   you     need  to        lead    your   customers    down to        put     them  in        a          state where they   will     purchase.     You     have   some freedom to        add     in        your   own   personality. Remember, your   Attractive     Character     is         essential       to        making          these scripts           come to life.     So use           the     script as        a          guide,            but     insert your   own   personality  for      maximum    conversions.
FUNNEL #2:
SELF-LIQUIDATING OFFER

Typically,      we      use     the     Self-Liquidating      Offer  (SLO)  Funnel           when we      are      trying to        sell     a product     that’s priced            anywhere from  twenty-seven         to        ninety-seven           dollars.          The     main  goal is            to        have   this     frontend       product        cover the     expenses of        buying           traffic.           You     hope  to        break even. That   is         why    we      call     it         a          “self-liquidating     offer”—        because        if you     structure      it         right, you     won’t have   any     traffic costs, and     your   upsells           become        pure   profit.            In        general,        a freeplus-shipping  offer  will     lose    money          on       the     frontend       offer, but     will     use     the     upsells           to        break even  or        even  make a          profit.            In        contrast,       SLOs   should           break even  before           any     upsells.
First,      you’re           going to        attract           people          with   a          free    video, report,          ebook,           or        other lead magnet            on       your squeeze        page. Typically,      my      “bribe”          to        get      them  to        give    me      an       email address         is         something   that    I’m      going to show  them  on       the     next   page  in        a          video or        a          sales letter. Then, once  the     visitors          subscribe     to        your   list,     they   land on       your   SLO     page, which sells   your   core   offer. This    is         generally      a          video or        a          long-form-text       sales  letter,            presenting your   SLO     using  the     Star,   Story, Solution        script described     below.           Because        the     price  point  is so   much higher           than   a          free-plus-shipping          offer, you     normally       have   to        use     a          longer           script to get your   visitors          comfortable            enough         to        make a          purchasing   decision.       That   is         what  the     Star, Story,  Solution        script does. On      the     order form, you     can     add     an       order form “bump,”       and then      take   them  into    your   OTO   sequence     using  the     same  OTO   script I           gave   you     earlier.
I   love    the     Star,   Story, Solution        script because        it         helps  to        introduce     your   new    visitors          to your          Attractive     Character while you     are      selling            them  your   product.
STAR, STORY, SOLUTION SCRIPT
I           didn’t invent            the     concept        of        the     Star,   Story, Solution        script.            I           first    heard it         when I           was interviewing   a guy     who   had     made one     million           dollars           in        twenty-three          months         selling supplements.        He       said    there was    a          script he       used   to        sell     all       of        his      products.     The     script formula        was    so        simple!          First,  you     need  a          star    (I         call     this person          the     Attractive     Character), then    you     need  a          story  that    agitates        a          problem,      and     finally you     need  to        provide a          solution (your         product).
I   thought        it         was    a          powerful      format,         but     it         took   me      almost           ten     years  to        figure out     how to          frame each section          of        the     script.            After  I           figured          out     how   to        lead    a          prospect       through        each section,          I           was    able to        build  out     a          framework  that    my      companies   (as      well    as        hundreds     of our clients)          use     over   and     over   again.
Sometimes      it’s      easy   to        feel     overwhelmed         with   all       the     pieces            in        this     script—there          are forty-four!        But     take it         one     piece at        a          time,  and     you’ll be       fine.   Each   piece can     be       as        short  as a    sentence      or        two,   while others           might be       longer           as        you     find    places            to        interject       your   true stories, which define            the     Attractive     Character.    Just    think  of the     forty-four     pieces            as stepping-stones           along the     path   to        the     sale.   You     can     write  as        much—or    as        little—as      you like     for      each   piece. If         you     follow            the     script,            you’ll have   a          great  sales  letter by       the     time   you get         to        the     end. Let’s   go       through        the     scripts           for      all       three sections:       star,   story, and     solution.
SECTION 1: STAR

1.                  Pattern         Interrupt:    This    is         usually          the     first    thing  prospects     see.    It’s      important    to        grab their     attention,    get            them  out     of        their   current         environment           or        activity,         and     suck   them  into your      sales  copy. This    isn’t    always           easy            to        do!     But     using  a          pattern         interrupt      helps. Here’s           an example of        a          successful    pattern         interrupt      we      used            for      our     pornography           addiction      product:
It happened    again,            didn’t it?       To       you     …         or        someone      you     love.
I  know your   story  …
Everyone’s      situation       is         different,      but     the      results           are      usually          the      same…
Often     the     “core-desire            questions”   in        step    two    can     also    work  as        my      pattern         interrupt. I’ve         seen   a          lot       of people          who   will     start   their   sales  videos           showing        a          strange         picture          of        an unusual   object,          and     then   say something   like     the     following:
“What  does   this     strange         turtle have   to        do       with   your?           I’m      going to        show  you     in        this video,    but     first…”
2.                  Core-Desire Questions:  Through        a          series of        questions,    you     get      prospects     thinking about       the     things they   desire            most. These questions     move the     brain  to        the     topic  you     want  to discuss,    which is         the     outcome      or        results           they   wish            they   could achieve.        Here’s           an       example of  core-desire  questions     from  one     of        my      ListHacking  products: _I’ve         got     a            quick  question       for      you     … Have          you     ever    wanted         to        work  from   home?
Own      your   own    business?
Come    on       …         you     know you     want  that    lifestyle         …         the      one     that    everyone      talks   about …
Where  you     can     work  from   home in        your   underwear   …
Or           on       a          beach with   your   laptop           …
3.                  Agitate         Past   Failures:       If         prospects     are      taking            the     time   to        read   your   sales  letter, chances       are      pretty            good  that    this     isn’t    the     first    time   they’ve         thought        about solving          this problem.          If         they   already         had     the            desired         results,          they   wouldn’t      be       searching     online            or clicking    ads     for      your   product,       would            they? So,      you            already         know they’ve         probably       tried   to achieve    the     result and     failed.            This    part    of        the     sales  letter agitates        that            failure           in        their   brains. Here’s         an       example:
So    …         why    hasn’t            it         happened    for      you     yet?
Come    on       …         admit it.
This        isn’t    the      first    time   you’ve           been  looking          for      a          proven          way    to        make money           …         is         it?
When    is         it         your   turn?
4.                  Big      Promise/the           One    Thing:            Here’s           where            you     introduce     your   big      promise,       the One        Thing you’re            going to        focus on       for      the     rest    of        the     sales  letter.
When    you     watch            this     video to        the      end,    you’re            going to        discover        _          .
5.                  Introduce    the     Star:   Right  after  you     introduce     your   big      promise,       you     want  to introduce            the     star    of        the     story.            The     star    is         the     Attractive     Character.    I           usually          use     the reluctant          hero   persona        as        my      Attractive     Character’s            identity.        But     remember   you     can     use the          leader,          the     adventurer, the     reporter,      or        any     other archetype    you     think            works for      your product          and     your   market.
Hey,            my      name is         Russell.         And    a          few     years ago,   I           was    just     like     you     …
SECTION 2: STORY

Now   it’s      time   to        transition     into    the     second          section          of        the     sales  letter,            your   Attractive Character’s     story. If you’ve           already         written          your   Soap  Opera            Sequence,    this     section          will seem      very    familiar.
6. High   Drama:         Whenever    you’re           telling            a          story, you     want  to        start   at        the     point  of high          drama.          Don’t start with,  “Well,            I           woke up       and     had     eggs   for      breakfast      …         then   I           got dressed and     went  to        work  …         blah,  blah,  blah.” Do      start   with,  “The   gun     was    in        my      face.   I was  staring           down the     dark   barrel,           and     I           could see     the     bullet in        the chamber.     My      heart pounded       in        my      ears,   and     rivers of        sweat streamed     down my      face    …”
Think     about your   favorite         movies.         Do      they   start   at        the     very    beginning     of        the     story, way    before           the     main  event occurs?         Probably       not.    A         good  movie,           like     a          good  story, starts at the point  of        high    drama.          The     same  works for      your sales  letters.          Present         your   Attractive Character        at        a          moment       that    is         powerful,     dramatic,     and     compelling:
I           crawled        out     from  under my      desk,  almost          hitting           my      head  as        I           grabbed        the     phone
…
“Hello,”     I           muttered.
“WHAT THE    #@%#^$@  ARE    YOU   DOING!?”     responded   the     stranger        on       the     other line.
Confused,        I           asked him    what  he       was    talking           about.
“In      the     past    six       hours,            we      have  received       over   thirty spam complaints  from  YOUR IP address    …         Russell,         you’re           a            SPAMMER,  and     we’re shutting        off       your   Internet        access.”
“What!?”
I  was    so        confused      …
I   got      a          lump  in        my      stomach       as        I           hung  up       the     phone           and     realized         that    I           now   had     to explain     to my      new    wife    of        just     six       weeks            that    I’m      the     reason           our     Internet        is         shut   off.
7. Backstory    WALL:           Next   you     want  to        fill       in        the     backstory     that    led      up       to        the     point  of high          drama.          How did      you,    or        your   Attractive     Character,    get      there?           It’s      important    that    the featured           character     eventually    hit       a          wall, a          point  where            he       was    completely  stuck. This,   by the            way,   is         where            your   prospects     probably       are      right   now.  They have   likely  tried   to        make money           online            or        lose    weight           or        get      whatever     result you’re           promising,   but     they   can’t seem to        get      the     result they   want. It         feels   hopeless.
You        see,    just     six       hours earlier,          I           had     “officially”   started          my      new    business       as        an       email marketer      …
Or          so        I           thought        …
I   had     been  trying to        learn  online            marketing    for      almost           a          year   now,  and     I           kept   hearing people      talk     about how the     MOST IMPORTANT            thing  you     can     have   is         … Your          own   email list.
It made total   sense to        me.
I   did      the     math. If         I           had     ten     thousand     people          on       my      email list,     and     I           was    selling            a          fivedollar product,       then   I           ONLY had     to        get      1%      of        them  to        buy     …
In            order to        make five     thousand     dollars           …         (1%     of        10,000           was    1,000 people          x          $5       =
$5K)
It      made total   sense …         right?
And I           saw    others            doing it.        All       I           needed          was    an       email list. I   just     had     no       idea    how        to        get      one     …
8.                  Identify        the     Problem:      Now   reveal            the     problem.      Let      them  know why    your Attractive       Character     was    stuck            (which           is         also    probably       the     reason           they   are      currently stuck).    In        fact,   the     more closely           you     can     relate your            Attractive     Character’s  problem       to        the readers’ problems,    the     better.
The        problem        I           had     was    __.
9.                  Epiphany     OR      Declaration of        Independence:      Once  the     AC       pinpoints      the     problem, it’s           usually          not     long            before           they   have   an       epiphany      or        decide           to        make a          major change          in their          behavior       or        mindset.       For            example,      your   Attractive     Character     might have   an       epiphany that         to        make money          online,           he       has     to        build  a            list.     Or       in        order to        lose    weight,         he       has     to change     his      eating            behavior       once  and     for      all.
_And that’s when I           had     my      big      “Ah-ha”        moment…
That’s        when I           decided         I           HAD   to        make a          change.
10.              Your   Path   to        Finding         the     Ultimate      Solution:      Take   the     reader           along your journey.          Describe       some of        the            different       things you,    or        your   AC,     tried   before           you     found success.
So,   first    I           tried   __. That   didn’t work  at        all.
Then           I           tried   __,        and     it         was    a          little   better…
11.              First   Sign    of        Success:       Let      the     reader           see     you     start   to        succeed.       Some of        your prospects       might be            experiencing           this     feeling           at        the     moment;      they   might be       right   on       the cusp       of        early  success.        You     want  them            to        see     you     go       through        this     step    so        that    they   know you’ve           moved          through        it         to        the     ultimate            success,        and     they   can,    too.
And that’s when I           finally tried   _.      And    guess what?            This    time   it worked!
12.              Conspiracy: Show them  how   you     finally realized         that    the     cards  were  stacked against      you     from  the     start.  Your   prospects            are      probably       convinced    that    the     cards  are currently           stacked         against          them. Because        they   believe          it,        you     need            to        address         this     fear through           the     Attractive     Character’s  story.
And that’s when I           realized         it         wasn’t           my      fault! It’s      because        of        __          .           No wonder  I           was     struggling!
13.              The     Big      Lie:     Explain          why    it’s      not     their   fault   that    they   haven’t         succeeded   before now.
For  years, they   had     been  telling            me      _,           and     when I           figured          out     that    it wasn’t       true,   I           was    finally     able    to        break out     of        their   chains            and     get      the      results           I deserved.
14.              Common      Enemy:         This    is         who   or        what  is         really to        blame            for      the     big      lie       that    was holding the     AC            back   and     blocking        his      success.
The real    problem        is         __          .           They   were  the      ones   keeping         me      from _           .
15.              Rapid Growth:       Now   show  them  how   fast     the     AC       progressed  once  he       realized         the truth.
Once          I           realized         _          ,           that’s when we      started          to        _          really FAST!
16.              Case   Studies:        Highlight      the     stories           of        others           who’ve          had     success         similar           to        your or          the            Attractive     Character’s  story.
But  it         wasn’t           just     me.     Take   a          look    at        what  _. has     done  for      others.
17.              Hidden          Benefits:      Explain          the     benefits        you     didn’t expect           that    have   resulted        from the       product/discovery you            are      describing    to        the     reader.
I       didn’t realize           when I           started          that    not     only    does   it         __,           but     it         also __,__,        and     _          ._
SECTION 3: SOLUTION

Now       it’s      time   to        bring  it         all       together       and     wrap  up       your   pitch  in        a          nice,   neat   package (that         the     readers can     buy).
18.              Formal          Introduction:         Introduce     the     product.
And that’s why    I           created         __.
19.              Pain   and    Cost:  Tell     them  what  you     had     to        go       through        to        create            the     product.
This took   __.time)        to        create,          and     cost    me      _.      But     it         was totally  worth it.
20.              Ease:  How   much effort does   the     product        save   you?
It      makes           __            so        much easier!
21.              Speed:          How   much time   does   the     product        save   you?
What          used   to        take   me      __     (time),           I           can     get      done  in        __(time).
22.              “So”   Benefits:      Explain          why    they   need  this     by       writing          out     three or        four    benefits followed  by       the     words            “so      __.”
Burns         fat      while  you     sleep, so        you     can     lose    weight           without         exercising.
Builds         your   list      on       autopilot,     so        you     can     concentrate on       running         your   business.
23.              Social Proof:            These are      your   testimonials.           Let      the     prospects     read   what  others           say about     the     product.
But  don’t  just     take   my      word  for      it.        Here’s            what  others            are      saying:
                “This    __   saves   me   time   and   effort   every   day!   I   love   _how   it
__  and     _          .”
24.              Make the     Offer: Explain          what  the     buyers           will     get.
But, before           you     get      started,         let       me      ask     you     a          question       … Would       you     like     to        get        access           to        _?
For  less     than   the      cost    of        a          cheap meal  for      two,   you     can     get      access           to        everything inside   of        _.
Now,          while  it         would            be       impossible   to        show  you     ALL     of        the      benefits        of        _,    I want            to        show     you     some of        the      things            that    you’ll experience   as        soon   as        you’re            on       the inside.
25.              Build  Value:           Add    bonuses        and     additional    features,      but     be       sure   they   support         the “One      Thing,”          the     focus            of        your   entire sales  letter.
Plus,           you’ll get      __,           __,        and     _.
26.              Float  a          Fake   Price: Tell     the     readers         how   much the     product        “should”       be       worth if they            had     to        pay     for            each   item   separately.  It         should           be       a          number        much higher           than   the actual    price, but     you     must  also    make sure            the     product        really is         worth the     price  you     name. Be      ethical.          Explain          why    the     high    price  is         justified,       based on            its       value.
The total   value of        all       this     is         __     because        _.
27.              Emotional   Close (If/All):         Use     the     words            “If       all       …”       to        help   anchor          the     offer  and help       the     buyers            justify the     fake    price  you     named          earlier.          Use     both   “toward        pleasure”     and “away   from  pain” statements.
                If  all  this  did  was  give  you  the  house  of  your  dreams,  would  it  be  worth  it?
(Toward pleasure.)
If      all       this     did      was    let       you     fire     your   boss,  would            it         be       worth it?       (Away            from   pain.)
28.              Reveal           the     Real   Price: Now   tell      the     readers         how   much they   are      actually         going to pay.          This    price  should            be       much lower than   the     high    price  you     floated          earlier.
I’m  not     going to        charge           you     __          .           I’m      only    going to        charge           you __.
29.              Guarantee   (Logic):          Reverse        any     risk     the     potential      buyers           may    be       feeling.         Give the        guarantee    some crazy            name.
I’m  going to        take   on       all       the      risk,    and     give    you     my      _          (crazy name) guarantee.
30.              Inject Scarcity        (Fear  Close):          Give   the     buyers           a          legitimate    reason           to        buy     NOW.
But  you     must  act      now    because        _          .
40.              Future           Pacing:          Help   them  see     how   awesome     their   lives   are      about to        become— after     they   buy     your   product.
Just imagine        what  life      will     be       like     when _          .
41.              Call     to        Action:          Tell     them  what  to        do       to        make a          purchase.     Also,  tell      the     prospects what’s   going to            happen         next.
So   click    on       the      button           below right   now,  and     you’ll be       taken to        a          secure           order form. After  you     put     in        your     credit card   information,            you’ll be       taken to        a          secure           members’ area      where            you     can     download     _,     even   if         it’s      2:00   a.m.!
42.              Post   Selling:         Make the     readers         feel     like     they   might be       left     behind          if         they   don’t hurry.
_For  those who    are      already         signing          up,      this     is         what’s           going to        happen         next   …
43.              Take  Away Selling           (Warning):  Explain          that    they   need  to        make a          decision,       and     it doesn’t     matter          to        you            whether       they   order or        not.
You see     …         it         doesn’t          matter          to        us        if         you     sign    up       right   now    or        not.
We’ll      still     be       going about our     daily   business       and     hitting           our     financial       goals  with absolute         certainty—whether         you join     our     team  or        not.
However,         without         our     help,  you’ll ALWAYS       be       working        harder           than   you     really need to.
I       know it         sounds          kind    of        harsh,            but     I           think  you’ll agree that    it’s      true.
44.              Close with   Reminder:   This    is         a          summary      for      the     skimmers,    but     it         can     remind          all readers   of        the     offer.
Remember,          you     get      __          (recap            the      offer)._
That’s    it.        The     entire script for      a          long-form    Star,   Story, Solution        sales  letter.            It         works great for      both   text    and     video sales  letters.          Don’t forget,           you     need  to        infuse each   of        the steps      with   the     personality  of        the     Attractive     Character.    Use these forty-four     pieces            as        a framework           to        get      you     from  the     opening        lines   to        the     sale.
FUNNEL #3:
CONTINUITY

The     last     type   of        frontend       funnel           that    I           want  to        show  you     is         our     Continuity    Funnel.         One    of my mentors,      David Frey,  said    (and   I           wholeheartedly     agree)           that    if         you     don’t  have continuity,    then   you     don’t  have   a          business.      In        every business,      there are      ways  to        add continuity        income,        and     it’s      an       essential       part    of        every Value Ladder.         Continuity    is when you get         paid   regularly,     usually          every month,          for      ongoing        access           to        information or        software       or some        other product.
The        funnel           itself  is         very    simple.          Once  a          visitor            has     moved          through        either a          Two-Step or an       SLO Funnel           and     made it         through        my      Soap  Opera            Sequence,    then   I           will     usually          send them   through        a          short  email sequence     promoting   my      Continuity    Funnel.         Once  people          are      in the program,      they   are      charged        on       a          regular          basis for      continuing.  Usually,         this     is         a          monthly charge,    but     it         could also    be       weekly,         or        yearly.
Many     people          ask      me      where            they   should           use     Continuity    Funnels.        You     can     use     them  as a    frontend       to generate      leads  (and   we      do       this     with   some of        our     Continuity    Funnels),      but     I prefer         to        use     them  as        the     second funnel           in        my      sequence—after   my      customers    have   had     a chance       to        bond  with   the     Attractive     Character.    Waiting dramatically            increases      our     stick   rate (how     long    the     customer     remains        an       active,           paying           member).
Now,     one     exciting         thing  about this     funnel           is         you     are      able    to        use     the     same  scripts           that we         have   already introduced  to        get      people          to        join     your   continuity    programs.
If you     are      selling            a          free    or        one-dollar    trial,   then   the     Who, What, Why,  How   script typically        works the     best.  We’ve also    had     incredible     success         adding           in        order form  bumps that give    our     customers    training         on       how   to        use     the continuity    program.      If         you     are      planning on selling            continuity    without         a          trial,   then   I           would            recommend using  the Star,   Story, Solution       script.
After      people          have   purchased    the     membership,          you     can     create            OTOs like     we      discussed earlier.  We     have   found yearly or        lifetime         accounts      to        be       incredibly     effective       upsells           with continuity      programs.
FUNNELS FOR      THE       MIDDLE      OF  THE       VALUE LADDER
THE PERFECT WEBINAR

Webinars     have   become        extremely    popular         sales  tools  over   the     past    few     years, mainly because      they   work  so        well.   They   take the     old      teleseminar/speaking      model            to        a          whole            new level.    Back   when I           was    doing a          lot       of        speaking       from the     stage, my      main  income         came from   all       the     products       and     coaching       I           sold    after  a          presentation           was    over.  This is         called “back of        the     room”           selling            because        there was    always           a          table  set      up       at        the     back   of        the     room where            participants could go       to        buy     whatever     product        I           was    promoting.  That   model            works really well,   but     your   sales are      limited          by       the     number        of        participants in        the     room. There may   be       hundreds     or        thousands    of        people          who would            love    to        buy     your   product,       but     for whatever           reason,         they   aren’t at        that    seminar.       Webinars     change          that dynamic       completely. With  a          webinar,       you     can     deliver           your   presentation           online.           People          don’t  have   to        travel anywhere     to        catch your   speech          (and   you     don’t  have   to        travel anywhere    either).
At           its       most  basic  level,  a          webinar        is         nothing         more than   a          PowerPoint presentation           that you        broadcast     live (or      record)          over   the     Internet.       It         allows            you     to        give    your   sales presentation to        just     about anyone         in        any corner           of        the     globe.            The     best    part    is         you     can record   the     webinar        once  and     then   broadcast     it         over   and     over again. This    is         called an “automated      webinar,”     and     it’s      made me      a          fortune         over   the     years. Webinars     can     be       as        long as        you     want. In        fact,   you’ll learn  about the     Invisible        Funnel           Webinar       in        the     next   chapter— that       one     can     be       as long    as        four    hours!           The     Perfect          Webinar       we’re discussing    in        this     chapter typically    runs   for      about sixty   to        ninety minutes.
There    are      two    parts  to        most  webinars:     the     content         and     the     sales  pitch. Occasionally, you  may    want  to        give    an       all-content         webinar,       but     for      the     most  part,   you’ll be       selling something  at        the     end     of        your   presentation.          You     promise to        teach people          something   on       the webinar.           Then, if         they   want  to        learn  more or        dive    deeper          into    the     topic, they can     purchase your        product        or        sign    up       for      coaching       (or      whatever     you’re           selling).         It’s      very    important    that the content         of        the     webinar        is         valuable       on       its       own,  but     as        you’ll see     from  the     Perfect Webinar    script,            you     can craft   the     material        in        a          way    that    also    helps  to        set      up       the     sale.   In        this chapter,           we’re going to        cover the     sales funnels          for      both   a          one-time      webinar        and     also    for automated       (or      evergreen)   webinar.
SALES WEBINAR FUNNEL
The funnel for a sales webinar is very simple. You drive traffic to a registration page where you have some sort of sales letter or video encouraging readers to sign up for the webinar. Typically I use the Who, What, Why, How script on my webinar registration pages. After watching the video or reading the copy, the interested prospects fill in their name and email to register. (Boom! They’re now on your list.) Then you send them to a confirmation page where they are reminded of the date and time of the webinar and given instructions on how to call in. At the appointed time, they will attend the webinar, and you can sell them your product. Often people can’t make it to the live webinar for some reason. So you may decide to send a recording. After all, the more people who hear your pitch, the more products you’re likely to sell.
AUTOMATED WEBINAR FUNNEL

Typically       I           will     do       a          webinar        live     once, and     then   I           take   the     recording     from  that    event and build      out     an Automated  Webinar       Funnel           that    will     allow me      to        keep  sending         traffic to        that website           every day     for      the     rest    of my      life.     It’s      nice    because        you     can     keep  selling            your products         twenty-four hours a          day,    seven days   a          week, in        every country         in        the     world!           At        the time       of        this     writing,         I           currently      have   two    webinars      that    have   both   made me over   a          million dollars.       Both   are      still     selling            to        people          right   now   while I’m      writing          this     book!
We         add     a          few     extra  steps  to        the     regular          Sales  Webinar       Funnel           to        make this     one     run continuously.  You     start by       driving           traffic to        a          registration page  that    uses   the     Who, What, Why, How   script,            and     people          enter their   names and     emails           to        register.        Then  they   go       to        a confirmation       page  where            they   get      the     date   and     time,  set      for      some point  in        the     future,           or they          can     choose          to        watch “yesterday’s”          replay            right   away.
The        webinar        itself  is         the     same  format          as        the     regular          sales  webinar;       we      deliver           content and sell     something at        the     end.   (In       a          few     pages,           I’ll       give    you     the     Perfect          Webinar       script, which           will     show  you     exactly          how to        do       this.)
My         team  carefully       tracks when a          participant   leaves,          and     then   we      send   out     a          different email       sequence,    depending on       how   long    they   watched.      Everyone      who   subscribes   gets    one sequence.       Everyone      who   shows            up       and     stays  all       the way    to        the     end     gets    another        sequence. People who   show  up       but     leave  early  get      yet      another        sequence.    And    the     no-shows            get      an entirely   different       sequence     to        encourage   them  to        go       back   and     watch a          replay.           Each sequence encourages people          to        either go       back   and     finish watching,     or        go       order the     product we’re        selling.          Once  the     participant places            an       order,            the     email sequences   should           stop automatically.
THE PERFECT WEBINAR SCRIPT

Now   that    you     have   people          signed           up,      what  are      you     going to        say?   How   you     structure      your webinar          has     everything to        do       with   how   much you     sell     at        the     end.
A typical           webinar        is         broken          down into    three sections:       the     introduction,          the     content, and           the     close  (or      the sales  pitch).           Over   the     past    ten     years, I’ve     had     a          chance          to        speak and sell         on       stages            all       around          the    world, and     I’ve     had     the     chance          to        learn  from  some of        the     best stage    closers          in        the     world.           This    script incorporates strategies     I           learned         from  at        least   a dozen         different       people.         It’s      the     outline          I           now   use     for      every webinar, and     it         works.
There    are      a          lot       of        pieces            to        this     script,            but     try       not     to        get      overwhelmed.        Think of        it         as just three sections—introduction,  content,       and     the     stack—          then   fill       those three sections        in with           the     scripts           provided.
INTRODUCTION:       This    should           take   about five     minutes.       It         introduces   you,    your subject,           and     your   credibility.
Hi,   I’m      Russell           Brunson,       founder         of        DotComSecrets      and     CEO    of        several          multimillion-dollar            companies.
Big          Promise:      Repeat          your   big      promise.       This    is         the     One    Thing that    got      the     participants to       sign    up       in        the first    place. It’s      also    the     ruler   they   will     use     to        judge your   webinar’s     quality. If      you     don’t  set      this     ruler, then   they   will measure       the     value of        your   webinar        based on something         outside         of        your   control.
In    the      next   sixty   minutes,       you     are      going to        learn  my      exact strategy        on       “how  to __,      without     __.      “
Hook     to        End:   Give   the     participants a          reason           to        stick   around          all       the     way    to        the     end     of the webinar.       Free giveaways    are      popular.        You     could also    promise        to        do       something   funny or       show  them  something   cool.
Don’t         forget!          At        the      end     of        the      webinar,       I’m      going to        give    you     a          secret link     where you    can     download     a          transcript     of        everything   I’m      going to        show  you     today.            You     have   to be  watching      live     in        order to        get      this,     so        stick   around.         I           promise        it         will     be       worth your time.
Command       Attention:   Tell     them  to        close  out     of        Facebook,    turn    off      their   cell     phones, and            give    you     their   undivided attention.    Also,  you     might ask      the     participants to        grab   a          pen and        paper for      taking            notes.
I       know there  are      distractions all       around          us,      but     this     strategy        I’m      about to        share can     change          your   life.     I     don’t  want  you     to        miss   a          single crucial           step.  So,      please           …         make a          commitment           to        stay    focused.        Can     you     do       that    for      yourself?      Close  out     of        Facebook. Stop      checking       your   email.            Turn   off       your   cell     phone.           Give     me      your   complete      attention.
Qualify Yourself:      Let      the     participants know why    you     are      qualified       to        speak on       the subject.
You’re        probably       wondering   why    I’m      qualified       to        teach on       this     topic. Here’s            my story:      __.
Future   Pace: Lead   the     viewers         through        some imagination exercises      where            they   can picture  what  life      could be       like     once they   learn  the     secrets          you’re           about to        reveal.           Be descriptive        and     appeal           to        all       five     senses,          if         possible.
_Imagine    what  your   life      will     be       like     after  you     know how    to
Can you     see     __?       Would           that    make things            better            for      you?
THE        CONTENT:   This    is         the     meat  of        the     webinar.       It         should           run     about fifty    to        sixty minutes,         and     it should           deliver           whatever     content         you     promised     in        the     registration script.            I like   to        focus on       one     main  idea    and then   reveal            three secrets          about that    One    Thing.            So,      I’m really      teaching       three things,           but     they   all       relate to        the main  idea    I’m      selling.
The        One    Thing:            The     One    Thing is         the     core   content         of        this     webinar.       It’s      the     reason           the participants showed         up.      What do       they   want  or        need  to        learn  or        understand?           Every teaching point        through        the     webinar        must point  back   to        THIS   one     thing. I           always           try       to        break down my      “One  Thing”           into    this     simple           format:
How           to        __without __.
How           to        add     high-ticket   sales  to        your   sales  funnel            instantly—   without         you personally        talking          to        anyone     on       the      phone            …         ever!
This        is         the     One    Thing from  my      High-Ticket  Secrets          Webinar.      For      this     offer, I           looked at      what  the     other “gurus” were  teaching       about making          high-ticket   sales. They   were  all teaching how   to        close  people          on       the     phone.          Well,  I           HATE talking           on       the     phone,          and     I           think most   of        my      audience      does, too.    So,      I           decided        to        show  people          how they   can     still     take advantage      of        the     income-boosting   potential      of        high-ticket   sales  without         talking           on       the phone.
After      I           explain          this     big      idea—the     One    Thing—I        share three secrets          that    will     expand on   what  I           promised     to reveal.           Typically,      when I’m      creating        these three secrets,         I’m      looking to    debunk         existing         beliefs           participants might have that    would            keep  them  from  purchasing the       product        from  me      at        the     end     of        the     webinar.
For         my      High-Ticket  Secrets          Webinar,      there were  three belief patterns       that    I           had     to break        in        order to        get people          to        buy.    Below            are      the     common       beliefs           and     then   the     secrets          I created       to        destroy         that    line     of thinking:
SECRET #1
Break:           The     best    model            for      making         money           online            is         to        sell      products.
Rebuild:           You     can     make more  money           in        one     day     selling           high-ticket   products       than   you can         in        a          MONTH            by       selling           normal          products.
SECRET #2
Break:           To       sell      high-ticket   products,      I           have   to        sell      on       the      phone.
Rebuild:           You     don’t  personally    have   to        sell      anything!     (Big    plus    because        I           hate   phones!) Let            me      show  you     how            to        build  a          two-person, mini   call     center            to        close  all       of        the      sales  for you.
SECRET #3
Break:           It         probably       costs  a          fortune         to        drive  enough         traffic to        make this     work.
Rebuild:           You     only    need  a          little   bit       of        traffic to        make this     work  (about           one     hundred clicks        a          day).
Remember,     teaching       these three secrets          should           take   fifty    to        sixty   minutes.       So       be       sure to          tell      stories,          show examples,    and     use     this     as        an       opportunity to        get      your   audience      to        bond with    the     Attractive     Character.
THE    STACK:          This    section          of        the      webinar        should           last     at        least   ten      minutes.       Often,            I allow           for      twenty            minutes        or        more, depending   on       what  I’m      selling.          The     hardest         part    of selling      on       a          webinar,       for      most            people,         is         transitioning           into    the     close. They  start   to        get nervous,            and     the     hesitation    shows            in        the     voice            and     confidence  level.  The     best    way    I’ve found    to        transition     is         simply           to        say,     Let      me      ask      you     a          question            …,        and     then   you     move straight         into    how    your   product         will     help    the      participants with   whatever      your   One    Thing is. Once  you     transition     into    your   sales  pitch, you’re           going to        use     something   called “The Stack.”
The        Stack:            I           consider       The     Stack  my      secret            weapon.       I           learned         it         from  one     of        my mentors, Armand        Morin.           I           saw    him    speak on       stage and     close  nearly            half     the     room with almost no       effort.            I           pulled him    aside  to        find    out     what  he       was    doing,            and     he       explained     to        me The         Stack. I           started          using  it immediately,          and     I           went  from  closing          on       average        5-10%            of        a room          to        consistently closing          20%    or        more. Then  I           started          using  it         on       my      sales  webinars and          saw    a          dramatic      increase        in        how   much I           made with   each viewing.        It’s      worked         so        well and       so        consistently that    I           will     never give    a          sales  presentation           again without         it.
Armand taught           me      that    the     only    thing  your   prospect       remembers when you     sell     is         the last         thing  you     showed         him. He       explained     that    most  sales  presentations         focus on       the     core offer,   then   a          list      of        bonuses.      So       the     last     thing shown           is         the     last     bonus,           followed       by       a          call     to action       to        get      the     prospect       to        buy.    The     problem       with this     is         when the     person          doesn’t         think that     the     last     thing  you     offered         is         worth the     price. They   simply           won’t buy under those circumstances.
So,          Armand        builds a          presentation           slide   called a          Stack  Slide. This    slide   has     everything included         in        the     offer, presented    in        a          long,  bulleted        list.     He       introduces   the     first    bullet point, talks  about it,        moves           to        the     second          bullet point, and     so        on.      But     when he       shows            the     slide with     the     second          bullet,           he       re-stacks      the     offer:
So       what  that    means           is         that    you’re            first    going to        get      _and       also    __.
He          then   talks   about the     next   component of        the     offer  and     reveals          the     next   stack  slide, but      this     time,  there are      three products       listed in        the     offer, stacked         from  the     first    mentioned to         the     last.    Be       sure   to        notice            the     order and arrangement:
So   what  that    means           is         that    you’re            first    going to        get      __and also_AND      also    this     _.
He          keeps doing this     throughout  the     entire close. When he       gets    to        that    last     part    of        the offer,      he       shows            the     final stack  slide,  with   EVERYTHING           listed, and     recaps           everything   on that          slide.  Then, he       finally introduces   the     price. Now,  prospects associate      the     price  with the        full      offer—not   just     the     last     thing  he       mentions.
After      you     reveal            your   full      stack  slide,  you     want  to        show  the     total   value of        everything the       buyers           are      going to receive.         Even   though          the     price  you     name first    isn’t    what  buyers will   actually         pay,    you     need  to        anchor          that    price  in their   minds before           you     move on.      We     do that          by       introducing “If       all”     statements  similar           to        the     ones   we      used   in the     Star,   Story, Solution       script.
If/All: Use     the      words            “If       all”     to        anchor          the      offer  and     help   the      buyer justify the      price
you     have   given. Use     both   “toward        pleasure”     and     “away            from  pain” statements.
                _If  all  this  did  was  give  you  the  house  of  your  dreams,  would  it  be  worth  it?
(Toward pleasure.)
If all       this     did      was    let       you     fire     your   boss,  would            it         be       worth it?       (Away            from   pain.)
Reveal  the     Real   Price: Now   tell      them  the     actual price. This    price  should           be       much lower than   the     price  you     gave   after  The Stack.
I’m  not     going to        charge           you     __.        I’m      only    going to        charge           you _.
Those    are      all       the     core   elements      of        a          Perfect          Webinar.      It’s      the     path   I           take   my      customers down   when I am      selling            them  anything       on       a          webinar.       I           do       have   a          variety          of        ways  I           close out      a          webinar.       As you     can     see     from  the     image at        the     beginning     of        this     chapter,        there are sixteen  methods       that    I           use     in        most  of my      presentations.        In        order to        make these clear  to you,          I           created         a          special           video demonstrating       how   to        use the     sixteen          closes while you     are doing     The     Stack. To       see     that    video, go       to www.DotComSecretsBook.com/resources/closes.
Now       that    you     know the     structure      of        the     Perfect          Webinar,      how   would            you     like     to        learn how    to        get people          to        _pay     you     to        sell      them  highticket     offers?          We’ve            developed   a          special webinar     funnel           where people          will     pay     you     for      the     privilege       of        letting           you     sell     them  on your         highest-priced        offerings.     And    they’ll do       it         with   smiles            on       their   faces. It’s      called the Invisible Funnel           Webinar,      and     it’s      next!
FUNNEL #5:
INVISIBLE FUNNEL WEBINAR

The     next   way    we      sell     products       in        the     middle          of        the     Value Ladder          is         through        a          concept        we call          the Invisible        Funnel.         The     Invisible        Funnel           is         a          concept        that    was    created         by       Daegan Smith.        It’s      a          powerful tool    my      team  has     used   often over   the     past    few     years  to        get      people          to ascend     our     Value Ladder          quickly.
The        Invisible        Funnel           is         a          premium      webinar        that    people          pay     for      AFTER            the     webinar        is over—if    (and only    if)        they   love    what  you     taught           them. Let’s   look    at        how   it         works.
We         drive  traffic to        a          website         that    uses   The     Magic Bullet script to        get      people          to        sign    up for the     Invisible Funnel-style            webinar.       To       register,        participants enter their   credit card details, but     they   are      not     billed anything       right   then.  They watch the     webinar,       which is usually      three or        four    hours of        amazing,      high-value   content.       Then, AFTER            the     webinar        is over,  if         they   agree that    the     webinar        was    worth the     pre-determined     price, then   they   do nothing, and     you     charge           the     card the     next   day.    If         the     participants don’t  think  the     webinar was           worth the     money,         they   must  send   you     an       email before a          certain          deadline       so        that    you won’t    charge           their   card.  This    format          lets     people          try       before           they   buy,    and it         gives  you     a chance       to        show  off      your   very    best    content         first.
At           the     end     of        the     webinar,       you     can     do       a          very    soft    sale    to        push   the     participants to        an application        page where            they   can     upgrade        to        your   high-ticket   backend       products       or        services. If   you     structure      your   Invisible        Funnel correctly,     you’ll find    that    it’s      a          really cool    way    to        get people   to        buy     things—without    ever   selling           them  anything.      It creates          tons   of        good  will     and builds    a          strong           bond  with   the     Attractive     Character.
Let’s      talk     about the     numbers       from  my      first    Invisible        Funnel           Webinar.
We         had     five     hundred       and     fifty    people          register         with   their   credit cards.
From     those five     hundred       and     fifty    people,         85%    of        them  showed         up       for      the     actual webinar.      (This   number        was shocking,      considering that    roughly         30%    attendance  is         common on free    webinars.)
I   taught           for      four    hours.            At        the     end,   I           told    those who   didn’t love    it         to        let       me      know, and I  promised     not to        charge           their   credit cards.
From     that    offer, we      only    had     about 10%    of        the     people          cancel.          So       we      were  able    to        bill 90%         of        them  the forty-seven  dollar price  tag,     totaling         about $23.5K.         That’s not     bad, considering    I           hadn’t           sold    anything       to        anyone         yet. I           just     gave   them  a          bunch            of        cool    value in the form  of        information.
Finally,  I           invited          those on       the     webinar        to        apply for      my      high-end       coaching       services, and           from  that    offer, we got      a          stack  of        applications that    turned           into    an       additional    six       figures in      business       over   the     next   thirty days.
We’ve   successfully used   the     Invisible        Funnel           to        sell     weight-loss  products,     dating advice,         speed-reading        programs,    and a          whole            bunch            more. I           don’t  use     the     Invisible        Funnel for    every selling            situation,      but     it’s      a          powerful      tool that    my      team  uses   a          few     times each   year to          build  a          ton     of        good  will     with   our     audience—and      to        make some extra money          while we do            it.
Let          me      show  you     exactly          how   to        get      people          to        register         for      an       Invisible        Funnel Webinar.
MAGIC BULLET WEBINAR REGISTRATION SCRIPT

A “Magic          Bullet”           is         simply           the     One    Thing you’re           promising    they’ll            get      out     of        the webinar within            a certain          amount         of        time,  or        they   don’t  pay.    There’s          an       old      saying            in        direct response      marketing    that    you     have to        “sell   it,        even  if         it’s      free.” That   goes   for      these “try before  you     buy”   webinars,     too.    I           do       have   a          script that    I use     to        get      people          to        pull     out     their credit  cards  and     sign    up.      For      a          video sales  letter,            this     script should           be somewhere between two          and     three minutes—not         too     long.
Raise     the     Question:    Set      up       your   Magic Bullet by       asking            questions     that    bring  people’s desires    to        the     front  of        their minds.           Make them  wish   they   had     what  you’re           about to        offer. You     want  the     answers        to        the     questions     to        be       YES! Raising          desire            questions     at        the beginning         of        the     sales  letter works really well.   Depending   on       your   market,         you     may want to         use     questions     that    move people          toward          pleasure       or        away  from  pain.
Example           dialogue       to        move the     participant   toward          pleasure:
What         if         you     could plug   any     book  into    your   brain, instantly       download     that knowledge,    and     implement   that    information     into    your   life?
Do   you     want  to        learn  a          new    language?
Do   you     desire to        learn  how    to        make money?
Are  you     ready to        score  high   on       a          test?
Example           dialogue       for      moving         a          participant   away  from  pain:
Let  me      ask     you     a          question       …
Do   you     ever    feel     like     you’re            the      only    guy     in        the      world who    can’t  talk     to        a          pretty girl?
Do   your   hands start   to        sweat when you     walk   into    a          room  full      of        people?
Does           your   heart beat   so        fast     it         feels   like     it         might burst  out     of        your   chest  right   then and       there?
Does           the      thought        of        humiliation  keep   you     home at        night  …         all       alone?
The        final   question       should           say      something   like,    “Wouldn’t    it         be       nice    if         …,”     or “Wouldn’t          it         be       awesome if         …”.
Wouldn’t         it         be       nice    if         there  were  a          way    to        learn  anything       almost           instantly       AND   retain it        all       much            longer?
Wouldn’t         it         be       great if         you     could walk   into    any     social situation       and     feel     totally           at ease?
Wouldn’t         it         be       awesome     if         you     could eat      whatever      you     wanted         every day     and     still     lose weight?
Introduction: Next   you     want  to        introduce     yourself        and     the     idea    of        the     Magic Bullet you    are      going to        offer  in        the webinar        training.
Hi,   my      name is         Russell,         and     those are      questions     I           used   to        ask     myself           as        well.
Just        imagine        if         you     had     that    ability.           What would            you     learn?            What information would you    want  if         you     could            instantly       download     it         into    your   brain?
Point     out     Frustrations:          Your   prospects     have   probably       tried   other solutions      and failed.   You     need  to        let       them  know their frustrations are      normal,         and     that    you     once  had them,    too.    Don’t tell      them  what  their   frustrations are      directly.        Instead, explain          your _frustrations   because        they   are      likely  the     same  things they   are      struggling     with.
_Unfortunately,           gaining         knowledge   isn’t    as        easy   as        inserting       a          socket           into    our     brains            to download           the            information.
We         have   to        find    a          good  one     to        two    hours if         we      want  to        open  a          book  and     sit       down to read.         Even   if            we      read   quickly,         it’s      going to        take   days   to        get      the      information we      need  out     of the book.
While    you     might try       using  the      Internet        to        speed up       the      process,        you     can     quickly become      bogged         down with            millions         of        pages of        listings          for      any     topic  you     want  to        study.
Talk       about “information           overload”…
If you’ve           ever    felt     that    frustration   with   learning        a          new    topic, then   I           can     relate to        you perfectly.
My         Magic            Bullet:           Now   you     introduce     the     amazing        solution        you’re           selling.          Tell perspective     participants about the     tangible        thing  they’re          going to        get      by       attending     the webinar.           If         you     get      your   Magic Bullet right,  the     rest    of the     sale    is         very    easy.  So       take   some time   to        craft   the     best    Magic Bullet Solution        your   business       can     offer. For      clarity, I           try       to phrase     it         like     this:    You’ll get      __(result)        by       _(short          amount         of        time), or       you     pay nothing.        The     more tangible        the     result,            the     better.
You        also    want  to        describe       how   you     discovered   the     solution        and     what  the     value of        that solution           has     been  to you.    How   did      this     secret            change          your   life?    What was    the     emotional value    for      you?  A         Magic Bullet in        the     dating niche might be       “Get   a          girlfriend      this     weekend —or        pay     nothing.”      A         weight-loss  example       might be       something   like,    “Try my      three-day detox     and     lose    seven pounds,        or        you     don’t  pay     anything.”    The     Magic Bullet for      speed reading        might be: “Double        your   reading         speed in        four    hours—or    pay     nothing.”      To       draw  in the most  participants,           expand          the     main  idea of        your   Magic Bullet and     tell      the     reader           a story           about how   this     solution        has     worked         for      you:
_Just like     you,    I           struggled     with   reading—until        I           found the      secret.           I           met    this     guy named  Howard        Berg   at     a          seminar.       He       spent just     a          few     short  hours with   me,     and     I           was able       almost           INSTANTLY  to        double           how     fast     I           could read! I           started          telling            my      friends, family        members,     and     business       associates    about what  Howard     did      at        my      office;            what happened     next   shocked        me.     Some people           were  BEGGING      me      to        meet  him     so        they could      double           their   reading         speed …         Others           were  really skeptical       that    it         was    even possible          …
So   I           gave   them  a          challenge     …         the      SAME challenge     that    I’m      going to        give    to        you right      now.  Pay     Howie     one     hundred        dollars,          and     I           guarantee    that    he’ll    MORE            than double your   reading         speed in        an       afternoon     …     and     from   that    point  forward,       for      the      rest of           your   life,     you’ll have   a          skill     that    will     serve  you     forever.
Don’t     Worry           (Proof):         Now   you’re           going to        introduce     the     fact     that    you     are      offering        a premium   webinar.       You’ll also    tell      the     participants not     to        worry because        you’re           going to prove       its       worth before           you     charge           them  any money.
And if         you’re            skeptical       …         then   don’t  worry.           Keep  the      hundred        dollars           in        your pocket,            and     then     AFTER            he’s    personally    trained          you     and     you’ve           doubled        your   reading speed        …         then   pay     him     the      hundred.
AND           …         if         he       isn’t    able    to        double           your   reading         …         don’t  pay     him     anything.     Does that     seem  fair?   We     called this     the      “Howard      Berg,  Double-Your-Speed          Challenge”.
And so        far      …         Howard        has     NEVER           lost.    So,      I           set      up       a          special           webinar        event this week      for      YOU     and     Howard        Berg   …
If     you     are      on       this     webinar        …         Howard        will     double           your   reading         speed and     prove his      amazing       results     to        you     …
Risk Reversal       (0        —>     $$):    Here’s           where           you     offer  the     “try    before           you     buy”   option.
Here’s        what  I           want  to        do       for      you:    I’m      so        sure    this     will     completely   change          your   life that         I’m      going to     let       you     listen to        the      entire webinar        for      FREE. Then, at        the      end,    you get         to        be       the      judge.            Either I           live     up       to        my      word  or        I           don’t.
If     I           do       deliver           what  I           promise        and     you     love    the      information,            do       nothing         and     we’ll charge your   credit     card   one     hundred        dollars.
If     I           don’t  deliver,          or        you     don’t  think  the      information was    worth the      price, just     send me        an       email before     midnight,     and     we      won’t charge           you     anything.
Does           that    sound fair?
It’s  kind    of        like     going to        a          restaurant   and     only    paying           if         you     love    the      food.
Or   going to        a          movie,           and     if         you     hate   it         …         then   you     pay     NOTHING     … The Close:            Get     the   reader           to        commit         to        giving your   webinar        a          try.
So,   now    it’s      your   turn    to        decide.
Say  yes,    and     let       us        prove that    our     system          works.
You will     need  to        put     your   credit card   number         in        now    to        reserve          your   spot,  but     you pay         NOTHING     until   after     the      webinar        is         over,  and     then   pay     only    if         you     love    it.
You’ve       got     nothing         to        lose    by       giving this     a          try.
If     there’s           even   a          chance          that    this     could completely   change          your   life      …isn’t it         worth checking      it         out     for     free?
Just click    the      button           below,           and     reserve          your   spot    for      this     life-changing          webinar.       I promise      it         will     be     worth it.
This        Magic Bullet script is         pretty            simple,          and     I           can     usually          write  up       one     of        these sales letters in        less     than an       hour. If         you     follow            this     script,            swapping     out     the     reading         program       for the           details           of        your   training, you     should           be       able    to        get      it         done  quickly—even        if         you     hate writing sales  letters.          This    script is         proven          to work. Just    tweak it         to        fit        your   business       and your       offer. And    remember,  once  you     get      your   Magic Bullet right,  everything   else should come           together       with   ease.
Now       that    you’ve           got      people          signed           up       for      your   webinar,       what  the     heck   do       you     say      for two          to        four hours?           I           know providing     value for      that    long    might sound            intimidating,           but     you can         do       it!        Let’s   dive    into    the script I           use     for      all       our     Invisible        Webinars.
INVISIBLE WEBINAR CONTENT
Once  you     have   participants signed           up       for      your   webinar,       you     still     have   some work  to        do. It’s           important    to        structure the     webinar        correctly       so        that    all       who   watch feel     like     they’ve gotten       their   money’s       worth.           You     want  each   participant to        be       more than   happy            to        pay     you     at the end.   You     also    want  to        use     the     correct          lead    up       and     soft    sales  pitch for      your   high-ticket consulting      or        coaching       package        at        the     end     of        the     webinar.       Remember, this     webinar        is going to        be       three or        four    hours long!  So       you     may    need  to        bring  in        multiple        pieces            of content.  Don’t hold   anything       back. Give   viewers         your   best    stuff! Tell     them  everything   they want    to        know. Answer         any     questions     they   ask.    Trust  me,     the     four hours will     go       by       before you   know it.
Here’s   how   to        structure      your   Invisible        Funnel           Webinar:
Re-tell   Hook: You     got      the     participants to        register         for      this     webinar        by       using  your Magic  Bullet script (the    “try    before you     buy”   hook),           so        you     need  to        reinforce      the     rules they     are      playing          by       during           this     webinar.       They   get      a chance          to        vote   with   their   wallet            at        the end:        did      the     webinar        deliver           or        not?   And    remind          them  they   must stick   around          until   the     end because           only    then   will     you     give    the     secret            email address         where            they   can     email you if         they don’t    think  the     webinar        was    worth the     price  of        admission.
Tell         Them What They’ll           Learn:           Give   all       participants an       overview      of        the     system          that you        are      going to        be teaching       on       this     particular     webinar.
Content            (for     each   content        piece):          Start   teaching       your   content         now.  It         doesn’t         really matter           how   many pieces            you     teach—as    long    as        it’s      your   best    stuff   and     it         fills     up       the     three or        four    hours you     promised.    You     may want  to        practice        teaching       the     content         pieces            out     loud so          that    you     know how   much time   to        budget          during the     actual webinar.       Here’s           how   you want      to        present         each   content         piece:
•           What      Is         It?       Give   the     content         piece a          cool    name,            making          it         easy   to        remember.
•           Parable: Tell     a          memorable story  to        demonstrate           the     concept        and     cement         it         in        the participant’s    brain.
•           Teach     Concept:      Go      through        the     nuts   and     bolts  of        the     concept.
•           Example            (real   life,    if         possible):     Give   some examples     of        how   the     concept        works in       real    life.     If         you     have     case   studies          that    show  your   students       or        clients succeeding,           those are      the     best    examples.
Recap:  After  you     have   finished        teaching       the     content         for      your   training,        then   you     want to         remind          them  again about everything   they   learned         while they   were  on       the     training         with you.
Tie          It         to        Value:           Help   participants see     how   much this     information will     be       worth after they     implement   it.        After  you have   anchored     the     “true-worth”          price  in        their   minds,           then   you can         come back   to        the     actual asking            price  of        this webinar.       How   much money          will     they make   after  they   implement   all       they   learned?       How   much time   could they   save? What’s the emotional        value of        the     knowledge   they   gained?         Will    it         save   them  embarrassment     or        grief? Lay     out     all       the benefits        for      them.
Was       It         Worth           $__to You?  Ask     the     participant   to        decide           whether       the     webinar        was worth   this     price.
•           If  so:      Do      nothing,        and     we      will     bill      your   credit card   the     agreed-upon           price.
•           If  not:    Email us        at        _before__,       and     let       us        know this content wasn’t           for      you,    and     we      won’t     charge           your   card.
Transition       to        Offer: Briefly           mention       that    the     participant   may    now   want  personalized help.
I       know we’ve covered         a          TON   of        information today,            and     some of        you     are      probably wishing   you     could get      some     help    with   setting          all       this     up.      Am     I           right? Quickly,        I           want  to let  you     know that    I           do       have   a          personal     coaching      program.      It’s      not     cheap because        you get         my      personal       attention      the      whole way    through        the      process,     but     I           make sure    you     have everything     you     need  to        be       successful.   Also,   because        I’m      personally    involved        and     work very         closely           with   my      students,      I           can     only    help    a          limited          number         of        people.          So,      the      only way       to     get      in        is         to        apply for      a          slot.    You’ve           received        everything   you     need  to        succeed        in this webinar,       but     if     you     are      interested    in        getting          my      personal       help,  here’s what  you should   do       next   …
Pick       Your   Close:            Where           will     you     send   people          to        fill       out     an       application?
•           To            Website:      Give   the     URL    where            a          participant   can     pay     for      your   coaching.
•           Free        Application:            If         this     is         a          free    application, make clear  that    there is         no charge     to        apply.
•           Paid        Application:            If         you’re           charging       participants to        apply, let       them  know how much   and     how   they   should     pay.
Simple, Three-Step  Close:            This    is         a          very    soft    sell.    You     want  to        let       people          know that you        do       offer  personal coaching       or        consulting    to        help   them  get      the     best    results           as        fast     as possible. Then  tell      them  where            to        go       to fill       out     an       application.
•           What:    Tell     them  what  your   service          consists        of.
•           Why:      Tell     them  why    they   should           apply.
•           How:      Tell     them  how   to        apply.
Let’s      Review:        Invisible        Webinars     are      a          great  way    to        get      people          into    your   Value Ladder          for      free    and     build a          relationship between       them  and     the     Attractive     Character.    Be sure         to        build  in        so        much value that    you     can     quickly ascend          the     viewer           to        your   highest levels.        Webinars     can     accomplish  all       this     in        a          way    that    is         fun     for      the participant. I’ve     made hundreds     of        thousands    of        dollars           using  this     style   of        teaching,      and     people          just     love    it.        The keys    to        making          it         work  are      having           the     right   Magic Bullet (promising   a          result they’ll            get before    they   pay)   and delivering     what  you     promised.
Up          Next: Do      you     have   a          new    product,       but     aren’t sure   how   to        launch           it         into    the     world? The  next   chapter will     show  you     our     Product         Launch          Funnel           and     provide         the     scripts           we      use for          each   step.
FUNNEL #6:
PRODUCT LAUNCH

The     Product         Launch          Funnel           was    made famous         by       Jeff     Walker,         and     since  then,  just     about every Internet        marketer in        almost           every niche has     used   this     funnel           in        some way—because the            approach     works.           Basically,      you’re breaking       up       your   sales  presentation           over   four    videos —each         providing     a          ton     of        value, while educating     your   prospects and     selling            your   products. This        funnel           works best    with   warm and     hot     traffic.           So,      typically        you’re           emailing       your own list         or        an       affiliate         partner’s      list      with   links   to        the     videos.
This       Product         Launch          Funnel           is         broken          down into    four    videos:
Video    #1       is         called “Wow            and     How,”            where            you     will     “wow”           them  with   a          big      idea,  and then      show  them “how”           you     and     others           are      using  this     concept.
Video    #2       is         the     “Transformational Education”  piece, where            you     will     actually         let people    look    over   your   shoulder       as you     walk   through        the     process         with   them.
Video    #3       is         the     “Ownership Experience” piece, where            you     show  viewers         what  it’s      like to            live     when they   have   this in        their   lives.
Video    #4       is         “The   Offer,”           where            you     will     reveal            what  you’re           selling,          the     price, and how       they   can     get it.
Let’s       take   a          look    at        how   each   of        these videos           is         scripted        to        make sales. The     following scripts    will     show  you what  to        say      in        each   video.            The     videos           can     be       as        long    as        they   need  to be, but     I           find    that    the     sweet spot is         around          ten     to        twenty          minutes.
VIDEO #1: “WOW AND HOW”
Big      Promise:      This    is         your   One    Thing,            the     valuable       principle       you     have   promised     to        teach during           these training videos.
How           to        sell      high-ticket   products       without         getting          on       the      phone.
Kill          Myths:          Dispel            any     common       objections    or        reasons         the     potential      participant   might not     believe          you.
You        may    think  you     have   to        be       a          sales  expert           and     hang  out     on       the     phone           all       day     to        sell high-ticket products,     but     that’s not     true    anymore.     I’ve     sold    hundreds     of        thousands    of dollars      with   this     simple           process.
Let’s      Look  at        Others          (Content      #1):    Show how   others           achieve         these results           all       the time.      Tell     stories           and case   studies.
Meet          __.           She     did      __,        without
Here’s        __.        He       couldn’t        believe          how    easy   it         was    to        _.        Just look       at        his       results:     __.
Hook     to        Video #2:      Get     them  excited          about the     next   video.
Tomorrow,           you’ll discover        you     can     __,        even   though          _._
VIDEO #2: “TRANSFORMATIONAL EDUCATION”
Let’s   Do      It         Together:    It’s      okay   if         you     don’t  think  you     can     do       it         on       your   own.  Let’s   go over         it         together       now.
I       know it         might be       hard   to        believe          you     can     __.      So,      I’m      going to        show you     just     how    easy   it     really is.        Let’s   go       over   it         together       right   now.
How       “I”       Do      It         (Content      #2):    Here’s           how   I           do       it,        step    by       step    (just   give    a          brief overview        of        the steps).
Here’s        exactly          what  I           do       every time:
Step            1:
Step            2: Step           3:
Proof         That   It         Works:          Show your   successful    results,          case   studies,         or        other proof.
Here’s        how    well    it         works for      me      …
But don’t  just     take   my      word  for      it.        Here’s            what  my      students       have   done  … Hook         to        Video #3:      Get     them   excited          for      the     next   video.
Tomorrow,           you’ll discover        __          ._
VIDEO #3: OWNERSHIP EXPERIENCE
Future           Pace   Experience: Imagine        what  your   life      could be       like     if         you     commit         to        this program.
I       want  you     to        take   a          moment       to        imagine        what  would            be       different       in        your   life      if __      .
What          possibilities would            open  up       for      you     if         _?
How           would            you     be       different       if         _?
How       “YOU”           Do      It         (Content      #3):    Imagine        yourself        doing this     exact  process.        Here’s what it         would            look    like.
Now,          imagine        yourself        doing _,        then   _,        and     finally _.
_Can you     see     yourself        doing this?
In     your   mind’s           eye,    it         looks  pretty simple,          right?
Hinting to        the     Offer: Would           you     like     the     chance          to        learn  in        the     fastest,          easiest          way possible?
We  all       know reality            is         usually          a          little   more  complicated than   our     imaginations.         But
I           know this     will     change          your   life,     and     I           want  to        see      you     succeed.       That’s            why    I’m      going
to help    you     __          .
Hook     to        Offer  Video:           In        the     next   video, I’ll       show  you     how   you     can     get      results           just like         these.
Tomorrow,           I’m      going to        show  you     the      fastest           and     easiest          way    to        _.
_Your           success          is         closer than   you     know.
VIDEO #4: THE OFFER
Here’s           What I’ve     Got:   Explain          the     offer.
I       really want  to        see     you     succeed.       I’ve     been  where            you     are,    and     I           know how    hard   it can seem. That’s            why     I           created__.
_Here’s        what  you     get      …
Here’s   What You’ll Do      with   It:        Explain          how   it         works. Here’s          how    each   piece  helps  you     move   forward        … Here’s       What It’ll     Do      for      You:   Explain          the     results.
When         you     follow            the      steps  as        I’ve     outlined        them, here’s what  you     can     expect           …
Here’s   What You    Need to        Do      Right  Now: Explain          how   to        order and     what  to        expect next.
Just click    the      button           below,           and     you’ll be       taken to        a          secure           shopping      page. In        just three     clicks  from   now,     you’ll be       on       your   way    to        __.
Let’s      Review:        Product         Launch          Funnels         are      best    used   with   warm or        hot     traffic.           We usually   send   people          to the     videos           from  a          link     in        an       email—either         to        our     own   list      or        to        an affiliate   or        JV        partner’s      list.     You break down your   sales  presentations         into    more digestible chunks, delivered      over   the     course           of        a          few     days   to        build  up excitement. You     teach in        the first         three videos           and     then   sell     your   product        in        the     fourth.
Up          Next: If         you     sell     high-ticket   coaching       or        consulting,   you     probably       spend a          ton     of time          on       the     phone with   tire     kickers          and     people          who   really aren’t a          good  fit        for      your   offer.
Wouldn’t         it         be       cool    if         you     could just     collect           applications and     pre-frame    your   highticket     consulting    clients           to say      _yes      before           you     even  get      on       the     phone           with   them?
Better   yet,     what  if         you     didn’t have   to        get      on       the     phone           with   them  at        all,      yet      could still sell          them  on       your offer? How   cool    would            that    be?
The        secret            is         in        the     next   chapter.
BACKEND FUNNEL
HIGH-TICKET, THREE-STEP APPLICATION

This    funnel           is         a          very    simple           process         to        qualify           and     pre-frame    potential      high-ticket consulting      or        coaching clients.          For      years  we      called all       of        our     buyers           and     offered         them coaching.      The     problem       was    it         took   sixty   sales guys   to        contact         all       of        our     buyers.          It         cost    me hundreds          of        thousands    of        dollars           a          month           to        weed through        everyone      and     find    the     few     who were    interested.   A         few     years  ago,    we      decided        to        close  down the     call center           and     find    a better        way    to        sell     our     high-ticket   coaching       services.       That’s when this     three-step   application process was    born. It         has     given us        the     ability            to        make almost           as        much gross  revenue without   having           huge  overhead.    We can     literally         make as        many sales  with   just     two    sales people            as        we      could with   sixty!  Let      me      tell      you     how   it        works.
Step       #1:      You     need  to        create            a          simple           page  that    shares           a          case   study video explaining the        results           your clients           can     get      when they   receive          coaching       from  you.    After  watching      the free        case   study video, potential      clients           click on       the     “apply           now” button           and     are      taken to        an application        designed      to        pre-qualify   them  as        good  prospects.
Step       #2:      The     prospects     fill       out     a          full      application, which serves            two    purposes.     It         helps your   sales  people          learn about an       applicant’s   business—where  they   are      now   and     what  their business         goals  are      for      the     future.           More importantly, though,         it         pre-frames  the     prospect       by getting    them  to        sell     you     on       why    you     should           take   them  on       as        a coaching       client.            The application      stage weeds           out     those who   really aren’t ready,            so        you     are      ONLY calling           the prospects     who   are      ready to        start   working        with   you.    The     application  also    pre-sells       the program           in        the     prospect’s    mind. After  they   finish the     application, we      take   them  to        a “homework”       page.
Step       #3:      The     applicants    follow            the     instructions on       the     homework   page, all       the     while building         an       even  stronger bond  with   the     Attractive     Character.    My      Inner  Circle homework page    includes        three videos           for      applicants    to        watch.           The first    video is         a          short  class   with   me teaching            what  it         takes  to        succeed        in        this     business.      The     second          video tells the     story  of        how my        wife    and     I           struggled      to        start   our     family.           It         explains        exactly          why    I’m      so        passionate about helping         business       owners         get      their   messages     out     into    the     world.           (It’s     also    a          tearjerker.)  The     third   video is a          series of        case   studies          and     testimonials            about the     coaching program itself.
Fig      20.3a:            The     homework   page  is         an       important    pre-frame    step   that    helps make the     final   sale    easier.
Another            important    function        of        the     homework   page  is         explaining    what’s           going to happen    next   (the    applicants    will be       contacted    by       one     of        three sales  people)         and     offering        a way to        contact         US       by       phone—if    they   just     can’t  wait. My      sales  team  is         great  at        calling people         quickly.         But     when people          are      in        pain   NOW, they   often want  to        feel     like they’re being          proactive.    If         someone      is         at        that    hyperactive buyer stage, I           don’t  want  them  to        have   to wait          for      us to        call.    So,      I           give    them  a          way    to        call     us.
The        sales  script for      selling            the     high-ticket   item   on       the     phone           is         pretty            long    and involved.          Let’s   dive    in and     look    at        our     script for      selling            high-ticket   products.
HIGH-TICKET, TWO-STEP SCRIPT

Closing          a          high-end       client takes  more time   and     finesse          than   selling            a          simpler         product.       It’s important         to change          the     selling            environment           to        a          phone           conversation;         a          live     event or seminar   environment           could also work. Most  prospects     won’t whip  out     a          credit card   and pay        twenty-five  thousand     dollars           based on       a          video sales  letter alone. We     have   a          very effective,        high-end       sales  process,        and     I’m      going to        share the     script with   you     here.  It’s much      more involved       than   the     other scripts           we’ve covered        in        this     book  so        far.     In        fact,   the entire     process         can     take   from seventy-five minutes        to        two    hours.            If         you’re           interested    in learning   the     finer   points            and     details           involved       in selling            with   this     process,        you     can     learn more  at        www.highticketsecrets.com.
My         team  uses   a          two-step      script because        it’s      really the     most  effective       way    to        close  a high-end   ticket sale    over   the phone.          You     will     need  two    different       people          to        make a          sale using     this     process:        the     setter and     the     closer.           Using two    sales  people          provides       consistency in        your   sales. When you     find    the     right   people          and     they   follow            the     script, it         works,           day     in and            day     out.    You     should           not     be       the     one     selling            directly         on       the     phone;          you’re too     close  to the outcome      emotionally,           and     it’s      just     bad     positioning.
Instead, two    sales  people          work  together       to        close  a          new    client.            The     setter gathers         basic information  on       the prospect,      draws out     his      emotions,    and     identifies      the     prospect’s    pain   and goals.    Once  that    is         done, the     setter gets    off      the phone           and     has     the     closer call     the     applicant back.      The     closer magnifies     the     pain,  gets    the     prospect       to        sell     himself on       why    he       is         a          good fit         for      the     program,      and     then   provides       the     solution.
THE SET SCRIPT
Introduction:          For      setters,         the     goal    here   is         to        introduce     themselves  in        a          low-key         way    and have      a          natural conversation           with   the     prospect.      The     setter is         getting          to        know the     prospect and          pulling           out     any     emotions related          to        the     topic  you’re           discussing.   They   must  find    out where    the     prospect       is         right   now   and     how    he       feels   about where            he       is.
Questions:      Then  the     setter should           focus on       finding          out     where            the     prospect       wants to be. What are      his      hopes and dreams?       What’s          the     real    reason,         deep  down,            that    he       wants those things?          He       may    want  to        make a          hundred thousand     a          year—that’s            great. But     why?
What would            that    money          allow him    to        do?     Quit   his      current         job?    Stay    home with   his      kids? Buy      a          boat   and     sail around          the     world?          Buy     his      aging parents         a          home?          Finally           show  his      exwife           that    he’s    worth something   after all?     The     setter has     to        find    out     the     why.   That’s where you’ll            find    the     emotions.    Remember, people          buy     based on emotion       first,   then   they rationalize     the     decision        with   logic.
You’ve   probably       heard sales  advice           saying            you     need  to        get      to        a          buyer’s          emotions,    but I   find    many people just     don’t  know how   to        do       that.   You     hook  the     emotions     by       asking questions.  Always          ask      additional    questions.    Does  the prospect       have   kids?  Great!           How   old are          they? What are      their   names?         If         you     know the     prospect       wants to homeschool            his      kids, ask        why.   How   would            it         feel     to        know he       had     the     freedom       to        teach his      kids    any     way he wanted? Follow-up    questions     help   you     hook  into    emotions.    What would            it         mean to        the prospect           if         he       could buy that    new    house for      his      parents?       How   would            he       feel     standing       on       a boat            in        the     Caribbean,   totally           free    of debt   and     worry?          Help   the     prospect       paint  a          picture          of the feelings         behind          his      dreams.        You     can     get      all       this information with   a          few     questions; within  five     minutes,       the     setter knows           exactly          why    the     prospect       is         going to        buy this program.          He       also    knows           the     hot     buttons         to        focus on.
The        setter should           ask      the     prospect,      “What’s        holding         you     back? Why   haven’t         you achieved          your   dreams already?”     You’ll probably       hear   some variation       of        I           don’t  know how. _The      prospect       doesn’t         know how   to        build  a business       online.           Or,      he       may    say      he       doesn’t         have time—which is         really saying            he       doesn’t         know how   to        build a          business       in        five     hours a week.         He       may    say      it         is         because        he       doesn’t         have   money—which      is         really saying            he       doesn’t know         how   to        build  a          business       using  other people’s       money.         Once  the     prospect       realizes         it’s simply            a          lack    of        knowledge   blocking        his      success—and          that    you     can     provide         him    with   that knowledge—ask       him this     question:      _If         you     knew  how    to        build  a          business       in        just     five     hours a week,         would            you     do       it?       Of course,          he       is         going to        say      yes!    He       has     just     started          to        sell     himself on   purchasing   your   product,       your   knowledge.
The        setter cannot          move forward        with   the     script until   he       understands            the     prospect’s emotional      hot     buttons.        The prospect       must  also    admit he       doesn’t         know what  he       is         doing (in some       form  or        another)       when it         comes           to building        a          business.      He       must  realize           he       needs help.
Blast:     Give   Him    a          Taste of        What You    Offer: Don’t go       into    great  detail about the program;          that’s what  he’s    buying.          But the     setter should           give    him    an       idea    of        what  he       could discover        or        get      done.
Now,          obviously,    it’s      impossible   to        work  with   everyone      who    applies/buys           our information     …         so        I’m      here   to     weed out     those who    aren’t ready and     find    the      right people to        work  with   one-on-one. I           understand  you     don’t  know how    to     build  a          business in   five     hours a          week. And    I           don’t  know, but     maybe           we      can     help.  Let      me      explain          what  we do     here   …
Next,     ask      a          critical           question       to        get      the     prospect       to        sell     himself.        Use     a          pivotal           question that          will bring  home all       the     reasons         he       needs to        pull     out     his      credit card   at        the     end     of        the conversation.
Let  me      ask     you     this     …         if         you     could work  one-on-one with   Russell           Brunson        or someone like     him     …         do       you     think  you’d be       successful? (Absolutely!) How  come?
Here’s   why    this     is         so        important:   I           can     talk     for      hours about how   great  our     program       is and all       the     reasons         the prospect       should           buy     …         but     it         might be       a          lie.      If         HE       tells    me      all       the reasons he’d   be       successful    with   our program       …         then   it’s      the     truth  because        he       believes        it. When       the     setter gets    him    to        explain          all       the     reasons he’d   be       successful,   sales  become        easy.
Ask:            How   come?           Why   would            working        with   Russell           Brunson        help    you     be successful?
Then,    the     setter must  shut   up!     Don’t talk.    Let      the     prospect       talk.
Once  he       gives  the      reasons,        the      setter should           repeat           them  back   and     confirm         his       beliefs.
So,  if         I           gave   you     the      chance          to        work  with   Russell           Brunson,       you     believe          you’d be successful?        (Yes!)
If     you     had     the      opportunity to        work  with   Russell           Brunson,       you     could get      (fill      in what         they   want)?
If     you     had     the      opportunity to        work  with   Russell           Brunson,       you’d know how    to        get there?
Next,          get      the      prospect       to        sell      himself          and     tell      the      setter why    you     should           work  with him.
Why           do       you     think  you’d be       a          good  candidate     for      this     program?
Posture:          To       set      up       the     closer as        the     expert,          the     setter should           say      the     following:
Now,          I’m      not     personally    an       expert            at        building        businesses   online            in        five     hours a week.         My      job      is     simply           to        find    the      people           who    are      qualified       to        be       part    of        this     program. If  I           feel     good  about you,    I’ll     turn    you     over   to        our     Program       Director        (the    closer).          He       is the one     to        decide           who    will     be       the      right   fit     for      our     program.
Before       I           do       that,   I           need  to        find    out     a          little   more  about you     and     fill       out     a          short profile.           I           need     to        understand  where            you     are      right   now    professionally         and     financially. Then    I           need  to        find    out     more  specifics     about where            you     want  to        be       in        the      future.           All       this information     will     help    us        determine    if         you’re            going     to        be       a          good  candidate.
Is     it         alright           if         I           ask     you     a          few     questions?
(Sure          …)
The        setter has     just     asked for      (and   gotten)          permission  to        ask      just     about anything.
Probe:   Collect          Financial      Information:           Your   setter is         going to        start   asking            some pretty personal       questions     next   and is         going to        fill       out     a          form  with   the     information.           You want      people          to        answer          quickly,         without         getting too     emotional.   Start   by       asking            about age, marital status,           highest          level   of        education,   and     things like     that.
Then      the     setter must  be       sure   to        ask,    Is         there  anyone          else    involved        in        your   business—a spouse          or        financial partner?       If         so,      get      the     other party  on       the     phone,          too,    right   then   and there.    It’s      a          waste of        time   to        keep  going through        the     presentation           if         you     don’t  have   all       the decision makers          present.
The        goal    of        this     next   set      of        questions     is         to        find    out     the     prospect’s    financial       status and whether           you     really can     help.
Finding Credit:          Your   setter is         going to        find    out     details           about the     prospect’s    credit situation.
How           would            you     rate    your   credit right   now? Why?
If Russell           Brunson        were  to        write  a          check and     pay     off       all       your   debt,  how    much would that   be?
Of           that    debt,  how    much is         major credit card   debt?
What’s  the      total   amount         of        combined     credit that’s been  extended      to        you?   (Subtract total        debt   from  combined    credit extended,    and     you     find    out     how   much he       has     available.)
You’re   looking          for      more available       credit than   the     program       costs. It’s      also    helpful          to get him    to        talk     about his      credit balances       to        show  that    you’re           really trying to        help   pay     those off—not       add     to        them. The     prospect       might need  to        take one     step    back   to        take   ten     steps forward,        but     ultimately    we      know a          program       like     this     can     help   him    pay     off      all the     debt   and achieve financial       freedom.
The        setter should           also    ask      if         the     prospect       has     any     savings          accounts      or        investments. Does            he       own   his own   home or        rent?  What about retirement   accounts?
Goals:   Talking          About            a          Prospect’s   Short-Term Goals:           Your   setter is         still     asking questions    and     getting          the prospect       to        sell     himself          on       the     program.
What         would            be       an       optimal         situation       in        six       months?       Where           would            you     want  your business          in     six       months?
How      long   have   you     been  trying to        do       __? How   successful    have   you been?
In            twelve           months,        where            do       you     want  to        be?     What would            make you     feel     good?
So,  in        working        one-on-one with   Russell           Brunson        …         do       you     think  you     could achieve         these goals?           Can    you     see     yourself        achieving     them?            How   come?
Commitments:          Get     Four   Commitments:      Now   the     setter is         getting          the     prospect       to declare    himself          a          good candidate.   He       is         publicly         stating           he       is         the     kind    of        person          who   takes action and     finishes         what  he       starts. Once  he       does   this,    his      brain  will     have   a          really hard   time reversing        that    declaration  and     talking           himself          out     of        the purchase.
You look    like     a          potential      candidate     for      me      to        recommend to        my      director.       Before           I can   make the     recommendation  and     turn    you     over   to        him,   there  are      four    commitments that            must  be       agreeable    to        you.
1.       You     must  have   a          minimum     time   commitment           of        __          per      week. Can    youdo            that?
_2.       We     need  people           who    are      coachable    and     willing           to        learn  and     follow            the      adviceof       our     experts.        Can     you     do       that?  Why   are      you     coachable?
3.       We’re looking          for      people           who    can     start   today.            We     want  quick  decision        makers.When         do       you     think  is     the      best    time   to        start   working        on       __          (his     goals)?
You        want  to        hear   some version          of        “right now.”
_Great.        If         it         looks  like     this     is         a          fit        for      both   of        us,      is         there  anything       that    would            hold you       back     from   getting          started          today?
4.       We     want  to        teach you     the      concept         of        using  OPM  (other            people’s        money)         toinvest        in        __.     Are     you     familiar         with   this     idea? Would           you     like     to        learn  more about it?
Explain  how   to        use     the     bank’s           money          (credit           cards) as        a          short-term   leveraging    tool    to invest       in        growing his      business       or        reaching       his      goals.
We         have   two    levels in        this     program:__          and_.   (Lower          price  and higher   price.)
How           much are      you     comfortable investing      to        get      your   business       started          today?           Why would  you     choose          that     amount?
Now       put     him    on       hold   while you     go       talk     to        your   “director.”   Discuss          the     candidate     with the        closer.           If         you feel     like     he       would            be       a          good  fit        for      your   program,      and     someone      you’d like     to        work  with,  then   come back   to the     call.
Let  me      have   you     write  down my      director’s      name;            it’s      __.        I’m      so        happy he’s   available      to        talk     with     you     personally,   because        he       is         an       expert            at        _. Most         importantly,            his       job      is         to        make sure     we      have   the      right   kind    of        people           on       our     team. So,      I           want  you     to        understand  this     is         not     for      everybody.     Please           don’t  be       offended      if         he doesn’t    offer   you     a          slot.    Okay?
_He’s            in        a          meeting        right   now,  but     he       said    he’ll    be       happy            to        call     you     back   in        five     or ten minutes.
He   wanted         me      to        give    you     a          little   exercise        to        go       through        while  you     are      waiting.        I know           we’ve     talked            about your   goals, but     he’d    like     you     to        write  them  down for      yourself. Write       down a          six-     to        twelve-month     financial       goal.  Next,  write  down three  things            you want      besides          money.
Okay?        Great!           My      director         will     call     you     shortly.
THE CLOSE SCRIPT
This    script for      the     closer is         very    similar           to        the     Set      Script.            You     want  to        reinforce      the candidate’s      decisions      in his      mind. The     closer will     go       through        the     same  questions     as        in        the introduction,   but     perhaps        worded         a          little differently.  Get     the     candidate     to        picture          exactly what           life      will     be       like     after  he       has     success         with   your   program.
Why           are      you     serious          about __          right   now?
How           long   have   you     been  thinking        about _?
What’s      the      biggest          thing  that’s held    you     back   from   _?
What          are      you     looking          to        do       in        six       months?       What would            that    do       for      you?
What          are      you     hoping          for      in        twelve           months?       What would            that    do       for      you?
How           about in        five     years?           What would            your   lifestyle         be       like?
Then           you     want  the      prospect       to        connect         you     with   his       dreams.
If     you     have   the      chance          to        work  with   someone      like     Russell           Brunson,       how    would that   make a          difference    in     your   life?    Anything      else?
Next,     the     closer goes   through        the     four    commitments         again.
It’s  my      job      to        find    only    the      very    best    people           for      this     program.      It’s      not     for everybody,        and     I           only    want     people           on       board if         I           know they   have   what  it         takes to        be successful.         So       I’m      going to        ask     you     a          series     of        questions,    and     these are      things            you’re either           committed   to        or        you’re            not.    So,      they   are      simple           yes     or        no       answers.       Is         that something      you’re            willing           to        do?
Don’t     move on       if         you’re           not     getting          the     answers        you’re           looking          for.     Either back   track to         find    out     why the     prospect       isn’t    committed  or        get      off      the     phone           because        he       is         not     a          likely close.
Time:    Explain         the     Time  Commitment
Are  you     able    to        commit         to        __hours per      week?           (Yes    or        no.)
Decision           Making:        Explain         the     Decision       Commitment
Opportunities     don’t  wait   around.         Making         decisions      is         very    important.   Do       you     see anything           that    would            hold     you     back   from   making         a          decision        to        work  with   Russell
Brunson today?           (Yes    or        no.)
Resources:      Investment Commitment
Write         this     number         down:            __.
Now,          as        long   as        you     see     the      value, and     the      program       meets all       your   goals, is         there any     reason           you     can     think  of        that    would            keep   you     from   investing      _          today? (Yes or        no.)
If the     setter and     the     closer have   done  all       the     previous       steps  correctly       and     the     prospect says         you     or        your product/service     is         the     next   best    thing  to        sliced bread,           then   suddenly      the price       tag      isn’t    such   a          big      deal    anymore. It’s      all       about setting           things up       in        the     beginning     to keep         him    from  objecting      to        the     money          at        this     step.
Knowledge:    Teachability
_My  main  concern         with   taking            on       students       is         that    they   are      teachable.   They   must  be willing     to        learn  and     then     implement   what  they’ve          learned         so        they   are      successful.   Do you          feel     like     you’re            that    kind    of        person?        (Yes     or        no.)
How           come?
So       if          someone      could  show  you     how    to        do       __          ,           you     would            be       successful?
(Yes         or        no.)
What’s Included:     What the     Prospect      Gets   When            He       Signs  Up      Today
_We’re        going to        give    you     everything   you     need  to        be       successful    and     avoid mistakes. Your       coach will     help    you     work     at        your   own    speed.
Now,     simply           list      out     exactly          what  buyers           get      with   the     product        or        program.
Close:    Finalizing     the     Sale
This is         probably       the      most  important    question       …
Why           do       you     feel     like     you     are      a          good  candidate     for      this     program?
The        prospect       is         selling            himself          again on       how   he       will     be       successful    if         he       is         accepted. Then      all       that’s left     to        do       is         take   his      credit card   information.           Instead         of        you     asking            for      the sale,       he       is         asking            you to        let       him     buy.    Do      you     see     the     subtle            distinction   there?
Sales     become        easy   when he       tells    you     (or      your   setter/closer)         why    he       needs your   help.
Okay,     that’s the     whole            two-step      script for      the     setter and     the     closer.           Again,            I           strongly recommend       you     listen to        this     script in        action            to        gain    a          better            understanding       of        each   step. Just      go       to        www.highticketsecrets.com.
Let’s      Review:        When selling            high-ticket   coaching       and     consulting    programs,    it’s important         to        weed out     people quickly          if         they   aren’t going to        be       a          good  fit.       That   way,   you can         spend more time   with   the     people          you     can     really help.  The     application  and     homework pages  pre-frame    and     pre-sell         the     prospect       on       all       the     reasons         he       should           sign up—instead of worrying about all       the     reasons         he       shouldn’t     sign    up.
When    there’s          twenty-five, fifty,   or        a          hundred       thousand     dollars           on       the     line     at        the     end     of a     sales  call,    you want  to        make sure   you’re           following      a          proven          plan.  The     most  effective way          I’ve     found to        close  high-ticket   sales  is to        hire    two    commission-based           sales  people          and have      them  use     the     two-step      script outlined        in        this     chapter.
Up          Next: Now   that    you     have   learned         how   all       seven core   funnels          work  and     the     scripts we    use     at        each   level,  I want  to        show  you     how   simple           it         can     be       to        build  out     these funnels.        I am   going to        give    you     a          quick  tutorial on       how   to        use     ClickFunnels.com  to        build  out     any funnel   you     can     dream           of.
SECTION       FIVE:
CLICKFUNNELS


One    of        the     first    questions     people          ask      me      after  they   learn  about my      seven core   funnels          is this:           But,    Russell, there’s           so        much technology  involved        …         how    do       I           create            all       the      web pages   and     make sure    they’re          connected together       correctly?     I           don’t  want  technology  to hold          anyone         back   from  building        a          more successful    business,      so        I want  to        officially introduce           you     to        ClickFunnels.          It         can     be       your   new    best    friend and     take   care    of        most  of        the tech    stuff   for      you.
This        section          is         not     meant           to        be       a          full      tutorial         on       how   to        use     ClickFunnels.          The     first step       I go       through        when creating        any     funnel           is         to        decide           which type   of        funnel           I’m      going to create.     Is         this     a frontend       funnel?         Is         it         a          middle-of-the-Value-Ladder     funnel           or        a          backend funnel?   After  I           know which type   of funnel,          then   I           decide           which one     of        the     seven core funnels            offers the     best    way    to        sell     this     product.
Then      I           usually          get      in        front  of        a          whiteboard and     sketch           out     each   of        the     steps  this     funnel will   require. Remember  the     seven phases          of        a          funnel           and     also    the     twenty-three          building blocks       I           explained?   Am     I           going to        use     a          quiz    to        pre-frame    this     funnel,          or        just     start   with   a squeeze     page? What price  will     I           set      for      my frontend       offer? Will    I           use     an       order form  bump? How many upsells           will     I           have? Will    I           add     any     downsells     if         the customer     says    no       to        one     of my upsells?
Next,     I           want  to        map   out     my      follow-up     sequence.    Who   is         my      Attractive     Character? How    do       I           want  to        flesh out     that    character     in        my      emails?         What will     I           say      in        each   email in my Soap  Opera            Sequence?   What types of messages     do       I           want  to        send   out     in        my      Seinfeld emails?
I  then   sketch           it         out     like     this:
Fig      21.2:  First,  we      draw  out     the     flow   of        the     funnel.          Then  we      set      everything   up       with a            few     clicks inside           ClickFunnels.
After      I           have   a          visual representation       of        what  I           want  to        build, then   I           can     log      in        to ClickFunnels.com         and let       the     magic begin.            We’ve            made ClickFunnels            easy   enough         that    a CEO could use     it,        but     also    powerful      enough that    your   web    and     tech   guys   will     love    it.
Step      #1:      Pick    which type   of        funnel           you     want  to        build.
Fig      21.3:  The     first    step   in        ClickFunnels            is         choosing      what  type   of        funnel           you     want  to build.
Step       #2:      Choose         which template      you     want  to        use     at        each   step    in        the     funnel,          or        you can         custom design           your   own   templates    from  scratch.         My      team  has     dozens          of        proven templates that    we’ve perfected     over   the     years for      each   of        these steps, so        it         would            be       hard to          go       wrong           if         you     stick   with   these.
Fig      21.4:  Step   two    is         choose          your   web    page  template.
Step       #3:      After  you’ve           picked           the     template      designs         for      each   step,  finalize          the     funnel and   you     will     be       able to        see     your   entire sales  funnel           at        a          glance.
Fig      21.5:  Once  you’ve           finalized       your   funnel,          the     page  templates    are      set      up       and     all your         analytics       and     stats   are            available       on       the      dashboard.
Step       #4:      Now   you     can     go       in        and     edit    the     copy, add     your   videos,          integrate      with   your email   auto-responder,    and set      up       your   order forms on       each   page.
Fig      21.6:  Text,  video, buttons,        order forms–all      areas of        the      template      are customizable.
After      that’s finished,       you’ll see     that    the     sales  funnel           you     sketched      out     on       the whiteboard      has     now   come to        life. You     can     start   driving           traffic and     getting          results           in        record time!           Isn’t    that    exciting?!     While this     once  took   our     team of        experts         two    to        four    weeks            to create,     we      can     now   create            everything   in        ClickFunnels            in        about an       hour!
If you     don’t  have   your   ClickFunnels            account        yet,     you     can     get      a          free,   two-week    trial    at www.ClickFunnels.com.
Also,      if         you     want  to        see     how   to        build  out     any     of        the     specific         funnels          in        this     book, you can         see     a live     demo at        www.DotComSecretsBook.com/resources/cfdemo.
CONCLUSION:
IGNITE
Phew!
Right      now   you’re           probably       feeling           a          bit       overwhelmed.        This    book  is         not     exactly          what  I would         consider light   reading.        You’ve           just     concluded    a          full-on           immersion   course           in        highlevel      Internet        marketing    strategy,       and you     should           feel     proud of        yourself.
Being     overwhelmed         is         actually         a          good  thing  because        even  though          you     feel     like     all       that information   is         a big,     jumbled        MESS upstairs,       your   brain  is         subconsciously       making connections.        Right  now,  without         you     consciously  doing anything,      it’s      figuring         out     which competitors           you     might want  to        research.      It’s      strategizing about what  your   Value Ladder will look    like     and     what  types of        sales  funnels          you     will     use     to        ascend          people          on       your   Value Ladder.         All       this     is happening,  even  though          you     might feel     overwhelmed.
Pretty   cool,   huh?
Your       most  important    tools  are      the     silly     little   diagrams      I’ve     given you     in        each   chapter. After         all       this     information has a          chance          to        sink    in        for      a          day     or        so,      go       back   to        the     images          and see         how   much of        the     entire chapter         you     can     recall. I           think  you’ll surprise        yourself.       And    if you do       forget            one     of        the     concepts,     you     can always           go       back   through        the     book  and     re-read the  sections        you     want  to        remember.
So,         what  in        the     world should           you     work  on       first?  Here’s           what  I           recommend:
1.         Decide   who   you     want  to        serve. Who   are      your   ideal   clients?
2.         Create    your   bait,   and     do       it         quickly.         Don’t overthink     it         or        try       for      perfection    here.
3.         Figure     out     your   Value Ladder.         What can     you     offer  above and     beyond         what  you currently          do?     Go      create            those     things.
4.         Start       building        out     your   funnels,        one     at        a          time.
This        book  is         a          playbook.     Don’t just     read   it         once  and     go       on       with   business       as        usual. Keep it         handy,           and refer  to        it         often. Once  you     get      your   first    couple           of        funnels          working,       I would         strongly        suggest         spending      a week  or        two    implementing         one     of        the     secrets          you learned here.  Then  move on       to        another        secret            and     another. When you’ve           run     through        all       of them,       go       back,  and     do       it         again!            Continue      to        improve.
IGNITE YOUR BUSINESS
Many people          who   read   this     book  before           it         went  to        print   wanted         me      to        look    at        their   ideas personally,   including their   startups,       or        their   existing         businesses   and     sales  funnels.        I           did      just that        for      a          few     friends          and     was    able to        identify         the     holes  that    were  keeping         them  from growing         as        fast     as        they   wanted.        I           suggested    the     simple tweaks          needed         to        implement   these DotComSecrets      you’ve           just     learned         about.           We     were  able    to        see     dramatic increases      almost overnight   in        each   of        these companies.
That’s    what  I           love    so        much about the     things you’ve           learned         in        this     book. They   are      all simple     concepts      that    you can     apply without         too     much effort,            but     the     results           from  each   of these        tweaks          can     double          or        triple  your   sales almost           overnight.
Once      this     book  is         available       to        millions,       I           know it’s      going to        be       much harder           to accommodate   everyone      who wants more personalized           help.  So       I           created         something   special just  for      the     readers         of        this     book. I’ve     opened         up space in        our     DotComSecrets      Ignite program       so        that    I           can     personally    look    at        your   current         funnels,        spend an       hour with   you     on the           phone,          and     then   have   my      team  work  with   you     for      a          full      year   to        implement   the     changes you need  to        make.
If you’d be       interested    in        being part    of        Ignite,            then   I           want  to        invite you     to        apply with me        personally.  You     can apply here:
http://Ignite.DotComSecrets.com
After      you     apply, someone      on       my      team  will     give    you     a          call     and     explain          the     Ignite program       to        see     if         it’s a          good  fit.       If         it         is,        then   we      could actually         be       talking           together       less     than a            week  from  right   now.
And       with   that    …
I  will     end     this     book.
Thank         you     so        much for      reading,        and     I           wish   you     all        the      success         you     can     dream           of        …
Russell  Brunson

